You are on page 1of 247

Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -

2023

Period:1 COSOLIDATION

I. Pronunciation:
1)Qui tắc phát âm ‘s’ và ‘es’ đối với động từ ở ngôi thứ ba số ít
*Có ba cách phát âm khác nhau đối với chữ cái ‘s’ khi nó được thêm vào một động từ ở
ngôi thứ ba số ít: /s/ /z/ /iz/
“S” được đọc là “s” khi động từ tận cùng bằng các âm /p/, /t/ /k/ , /f/
Ex: gets, stops, takes, laughs…
“S” được đọc là ‘z’ sau các âm /b/ ,/d/, /g/, /v/, /m/ /n/ /l/
Ex: describes, spends, hugs, lives…
“S” được đọc là /z/ sau tất cả các nguyên âm
Ex: agrees, stays, tries…
“S” phải chuyển thành ‘es’ và phát âm là ‘iz’ sau các âm /s/, /z/ ,/iz/
……………………………….
Ex: relaxes, freezes, rushes, watches…
*Các động từ ‘do’ và ‘say’ khi thêm ‘s’ hay ‘es’ vào thì cách đọc thay đổi
Say /sei/………….says/seiz/, Do/du/………….does/d^z/
2)Qui tắc phát âm /ed/ ở thì quá khứ đối với dộng từ có qui tắc
Có ba cách phát âm đối với động từ hợp qui tắc : /t/, /d/, /id/
*Âm cuối của động từ được đọc là /d/ sau những âm:/p/ /k/ /f/ /s/ ……………..
Ex:hopped, worked, laughed, addressed, pulished, watched…
*Âm cuối được đọc là /d/ sau các âm:/b, /g/ /v/, /z/, /m/, /n/, /l/, /r/
Ex: rubbed, hugged, lived, surprised, changed, bathed
*Âm cuối được đọc là /d/ sau tất cả các nguyên âm
Ex: agreed, played, ẹnoyed…

1
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
*Âm cuối được đọc là /id/ sau các âm /t/ và /d/
Ex: started, decided, needed, wanted…..
II. Tenses in English:
1)The simple present
2)The simple past
3)The present perfect
4)The present continuous
III. Conditional sentences
1) If-1(real in the present or future)
2) If-2(unreal in the present)
3) If-3( unreal in the past)

Questions Answers
1)Supply the correct verb form
1.My father (not watch )TV everynight doesn't watch
2.I (meet) Author three days ago met
3.John (drive) tha car ever I (know) him has driven- knew
4.People (speak) English in the most of Canada speak
5.I (not see) him since last Monday has not seen
6.Hurry up!The train (come) is coming
7.We (not see) them for a long time have not seen
8.Somtimes I (get) up before the sun (rise) get-rises
9.You (watch) TV last night? Did- watch
10.When I (arrive) at his house, he still (sleep) arrived-was sleeping

2
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

UNIT 1:
Period:2 A- READING

Class Teaching date Absentees


11A

I. Objectives:
- By the end of the lesson , ss will be able to read the text and understand the main
ideas of the text about friendship and express their ideas about it
- Master some key words to talk about the friendship.
II.Language focus
*Vocabulary :acquaintance ,loyalty, constancy, enthusiasm, unselfishness, in capble
of,suspicous(a), .............
*Grammar: the simple present, Infinitive
*Skills: 4 skills, especially : reading and speaking
III. Method and teaching aids:
-Communicative approach
-Textbook, picture, handouts, poster
*Techniques
Gap –filling, ask and answer, matching , mutiple choice, discussion
IV. Procedures:
A. Warm up: (4 minutes) Treasure Hunt

3
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
*T gives some pictures about :flowers, rings, ice-sceam, eye, dog,
Ss combine the first letter in the name of the thing to have a key word
*The key word is “FRIEND”
T asks: Do you have many friends?
* How is a good friend , according to you?
B.NEW LESSON:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
1. Before you read: (8 minutes)
T introduces the picture (text book) and asks .Sts listen and answer the questions
some questions (individually/ whole class)
1.Who are the people in this picture? - They are friends.
2.What are they doing? - A boy is playing the guitar and others are
singing.
3.Are they having a good time? - Sure, they are.
4.Do you have many friends? Yes, ....
There is a poem about the friendship ,I’ll Listen and answer the question
read to you , Listen and then answer the * What do you think of the friend in the
question in the textbook. poem?
Explains some vocabularies by many - The friend in the poem is sincere and
different ways helpful.
vocabulary
- acquaintance (n):people who you meet
but not closed and you knew about them
-selfish (a)-selfishness (n) = not
generous :people who don’t lend you any
thing or money><unselfish (không vị kỷ)
-constancy (n)= Sự kiên định
4
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- enthusiasm (a): the person who always
ready to help people when they need (nhiệt
tình)
-loyalty (n) :=faithfulness (lßng trung
thành)
-sympathy(n)-sympathetic(a):sự thông
cảm, sù ®ång t×nh
Answer by matching the sentences in A with
the sentences in B
For you ,how is a friend you need?
Matching:
Colunm A Colunm B
1.It would be fun to have a friend
2.I’d like ready to find a friend
3.I don’t want to be a friend with anyone
4.A perfect friend is a person a.who is
unshelfish
b.who is talktive(or always has suspicious)
c.who is honest(or true, faithful)
d.who is reliable
Task1: (8 minutes)
While you read: (26 minutes)
Ss open their book and read the text in
T instructs Ss to read the passage quickly
silently, guess the meaning of the words
and stop at the lines that contain these words
based on the contexts in the sentences. (For
to guess their meanings (except for, the
example, to guess the meaning of unselfish
word ‘friend as this word is familiar with
Ss may realize that this word is the noun of
Ss).
unselfishness in line 5. Therefore, they may
guess the meaning of unselfish first). Ss can

5
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
pay attention to the prefix un - and such
phrases as concerned only, his own interest
and feelings in the following sentence.

T instructs Ss to use some strategies to do Ss should read through the sentences


Task1 provided in the task to identify the part of
speech of the word to fill in each blank. For
example, in sentence 1 the word to fill in
should be an adjective; in sentence 4 the two
words should be nouns.
Read the words / phrases in the box to
choose the most suitable one to fill in the
blank
Work individually
T asks Ss to work individually to do the task
T goes around to help Ss when necessary.
T asks Ss to exchange their answers with
other Ss. Exchange the answers with other Ss.

T asks Ss for their answers and tells them to Read aloud the answers
explain their choices. The answers:

T gives the correct answers: 1. mutual 5. give – and - take


2. incapable of 6. loyal to
3. unselfish 7. suspicious
4. acquaintance / friend
Task2: (7 minutes)
T asks ss to read the passage again and + Ss should read the text carefully and try to
decide which of the choices A, B, C, or D summarize it in the Ss own words.

6
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
most adequately sums up the ideas of the + Then Ss search through the list of main
whole passage. ideas provided in the task to find the most
T calls some Ss to give their answers and suitable one.
asks other Ss to say whether they agree or + Ss should make sure the main idea chosen
disagree. sums up the entire text and not just one idea
within it.

T gives feedback and the correct answer. The answer: B. Conditions of true frienship
Task3: (11 minutes)
Work in groups and answer individually
T asks Ss how to do this task. If they do not
remember, T may instruct them to use some Listen and use some strategies to do the
strategies to do the task: task.

+ First, skim the six questions to understand 1. The first quality for true friendship is
them. unselfishness. It tells us / me that a person
who is concerned only with his / her own
• underline the key words. For instance, in
interests and feelings cannot be a true
question 1 Ss can underline what, first
friend. (paragraph 2).
quality, friendship...
2. Because they take up an interest with
• decide what information they need to find
enthusiasm, but they are soon tired of it, and
in the text
they feel the attraction of some new object.
• look for questions words like “why” which
(line 2 - 3, paragraph 3)
indicates Ss should read for specific thing
3. The third quality for true friendship is
like a reason.
loyalty. It tell us / me that the two friends
+ Go back to the first question and locate
must be loyal to each other, and they must
the information for the question by finding
know each other so well that there can be no
the key words in the passage and mark the
suspicions between them. (line 1 - 3 -
place.
paragraph 4)
+.Read the part carefully to find the answer.
7
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Ss can use their own words. 4. Because if not people cannot feel safe
+ Continue with the rest of the questions. when telling the other their secrets. (line 1,

— T asks Ss to work individually to do the 3, paragraph 5)


task, then discuss their answers with their 5. Because they cannot keep a secret, either
peers. of their own or of others (line 3,4. paragraph

— T calls on some Ss to write their answers 5)


on the board and ask them to explain their 6. The last quality is sympathy. It tells us /
choices. me that to be a true friend one must

— T gives the correct answers sympathize with his / her friend. Where

AFTER YOU READ: (5 minutes) there is no mutual sympathy between


friends, there is no true friendship. (last
T asks Ss to work in pairs to discuss the
paragraph)
question in the book.
* What does the text tell you about the true Ss work in pairs to discuss the question in
friendship. And which is the most important the book.
and which is the least important in your Report the ideas to the class.
opinion ? We need to have friends because friengds

T calls some Ss to report their ideas to the are the people we can trust and share our
class. interests, feelings, sorrows and happiness
with, and who completely sympathize with
WRAPPING UP:
T summarises the main points of the lesson. us ...

T asks Ss to learn by heart all of the new HOMEWORK:


- Learn by heart all of the new words and do
words and do the extra exercise as
the extra exercise as homework
homework
- Prepare : Speaking

V. EXPERIENCE:

8
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

UNIT 1:

Period:3 B- SPEAKING

Class Teaching date Absentees


11A

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to:


- describe physical characteristic and personalities of a person
- talk about the famous friend
II. Language focus
*Vocabulary :oval, straight, ponytail, curly, quick-witted ,crooked, good -natured
*Grammar: the simple present, Wh-question
*Skills: 4 skills, especially : speaking
III. Method and teaching aids:
-Communicative approach
-Textbook, picturescards, poster
* Techniques
Role -play, ask and answer, matching , describing
* Anticipated problems:
Ss may not have enough vocabulary to talk about the topic, so T should be ready to
provide help.
IV. Procedures:
A. Warm up: and check-up (5 minutes)

9
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
-T calls one or two sts to go to bb and answer the qs
1.Which qualities are mentioned in the reading text to be a good friend?
2.Do you have many friends?
3.Do you have any closed friend ?How is she or he like?
B. NEW LESSON:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
Pre-speaking (8 minutes) *)Matching:
T divides the class into small groups of -sts work in goups and choose the qs
3 or 4 students. Asks ss to match the with the ans
right questions to the right answers
-T gives handouts to sts 1.What is she like? a.. She is fine.
These are the questions to describe 2.what does she look like? b. Pretty
physical characteristic of a person and easy-going
T asks them to read Useful language on 3.How is she? c.tall and beautiful
page 16. T may ask if Ss know the
meanings of the adjectives provided.
T elicits or teaches some words:
*Vocabulary: useful language:
- height: tall, medium, short, rather - Skin: white, pale, suntanned (r¸m
short, too tall n¾ng), greasy skin (da nhên)
- Face: square, large, oval, round, long
General appearance: beautiful
high,
(women), handsome (men), pretty
- Forehead: broad, high, low
(women / girls), good-looking (men and
- Nose:straight, long, flat, crooked
women), plain (b×nh thêng) attractive,
(kho»m), turned-up (hếch), big, small,
well-dressed,
flat (tẹt)
Age: She was in her late teens (18, 19
- Hair: black, grey, thin, long, wavy,
10
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
brown, bald tuæi) / he was in his early twenties (21 -
- Eyes: green, blue, brown, gray 23 tuæi) / she was about thirty years old /
- Mouth: heart-shaped, wide, thin, full a middle-aged woman / a man in his
- Chin: pointed chin, double chin sixties (kho¶ng 60 tuæi)
While-speaking (24 minutes) -Characters: easy-going (v« t), friendly,
1. Task 1: hard-working, honest, kind, patient,
- Asks ss to look at the picture and asks. intelligent, polite, sincere (ch©n thµnh),
How many people are there in the sympathy.
picture?
Can you guess the age of each them?
Now let describe their physical
charateristic
Ss to work in pairs to describe the people
Calls some Ss to present their answers.
in the picture
T checks and gives the feedback
-sts: report to the whole class
Suggested answers:
1. The boy is about 16 years old. He may
be shortsighted because he’s a wearing a
pair of glasses. He has short black hair,
a round face with a broad forehead, a
small nose, thin lips and a small chin.
He’s quite good-looking.
2. The girl is about 14. She’s also
wearing a pair of glasses. She has
shoulder-length black hair, and she’s
wearing a ribbon. She has an oval face
with a straight nose, full lips and a

11
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
pointed chin. She’s quite pretty.
3. The man is in his forties. He’s tall and
well-built. He has short brown hair and
a square face with a broad forehead,
small eyes, a crooked nose and thin lips.
He‘s quite good-looking.
4. The woman is in her twenties. She’s
quite tall and slim. She has long curly
brown hair and an oval face with broad
forehead, big eyes, a straight nose,
heart-shaped lips and a small chin. She’s
2.Task2: Asks ss to discuss and number very beautiful.
the personalities in order of importance Discuss and number the following
in friendship and then report the results. personnalities in order of importance in a
Caring(chu ®¸o), hospitable(hiÕu friendship.Report the result to the class:
kh¸ch), modest(khiªm tèn), sincere, Ex: I think , understanding is the most
generous(réng lîng), helpful, important personality beacause it makes
understanding, pleasant, honest people mare believe in the life
*Describe one of your person in your -Ex: She is beautiful girl, she is very
classmates(guessing game) genlte and honest…..
Post-speaking (6 minutes)
3. Task3: (Role -play) -ss work in groups to make questions or
-T goes through the useful language on facts about a famous friend , based on
page 17 the suggestions in the text book
*Useful language: - ss role play
+ His or her personalities: *making questions:
Friendly, humorous, quick-witted, good- 1.What is his/her name?Could you tell
12
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
matured, helpful, honest, pleasant, me his name?
caring, 2.what is his date of birth?when was he
+ How is or she won the price born?
Studious, intelligent, keenly interested 3.what is he like?what does he look like?
in Mathematics, eager to learn, patient, 4.what is his hobby?what does he do in
calm his spare time?-
T elicits feedback from the class and -Why is he interested in Math?
gives final comments -How long does it take him to study
Math?
-How much time does he spend on Math
everyday?
-What made him so successful?
Home work: (2 minutes)
Assign homework -Write a short paragraph about your
(famous )friend
-Prepare Listening

V. EXPERIENCE:

13
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

UNIT 1:
Period:4 C- listenING

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ss will be able to:


- Listen comprehension about one’s daily dayactivities
- Listen and decide true or fasle statements
II. Language focus:
*vocabulary :apartment building, guitarist, sense of humour, around
*skills: 4 skills, especially :Listen and speaking
III. Method and teaching aids:
- Communicative approach
- text book, cassette player, poster
* Tecniques: Braistorming, T/F statements, discussion
IV. Procedures:
A. Warm up: and check-up (5ms)
-T: tell me your best/close friend ? Do you have any close friend?who is your best
friend ? How did you meet him/her? How long have you know each other?
- What qualities do you admire in your best friend?

14
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
"Thank you for telling us about your best friend. So we know that your best friend is .....
You'veknown each other for ...... years. You first met when you .... What you like best
about her/him is that she/ he is ....."
-Today you 'll hear some people talk about their best friends.
B. New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
1)Before you listen:(7ms)
Asks ss to listen and repeat: -Sts open their books and read the words
-T helps ss to pronounce the words in the text book (chorus)
given in the book and explain the - apartment building (n): toµ nhµ cã
meaning of them nhiÒu c¨n hé
- sense of humour: he or she is capable of
Teaches some words taken from the making you laugh (khiÕu hµi híc)
listening passage - Go through a rough time: Tr¶i qua thêi
kú khã kh¨n
- Give Sb a ring = Phone sb
2) While you listen:(20ms)
-T puts the poster on bb *Task 1:
You will hear Long and Lan talk about -sts read through and predict T or F
their best friends .Listen to their talks -Sts listen to the tape and pay attention to
and decide they are true or false the key words
- T plays the tape twice or three times - Decide whether statements are true or
T asks for sts'answers and writes them false.
on the board. - Ss work in groups of 4 to compare
-T gives feedback their answers
*Lan’s talks (from 1 to 6 at page 18)
1. F (They used to live in the same
15
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
building there)
2. F. (It is what people think)
3. T
4. F (Lan went to Do Son first and then
called Ha, so Ha rode on her motorbike
to Do Son to meet Lan)
5.T
6. F (They have been best friends since
Lan’s frip to Do Son)
*Long’ talks: (from 1 to 5 at page 18)
1. F (they met in college)
2. F (Minh was a guitarist)
3. T
4. T
5. T
*Task 2: filling in the table
T guides sts to do task 2.
- Ss try to fill the table
T may ask them to try to fill the table
- Ss to complete their notes.
with the things they remember from the
- Work in pairs and check the answers
previous times of listening.
Suggested answers:
T plays the tape again
How & where did they met?
T gets Ss to work in pairs and check
What do they like about their
their answers
friends?
-T corrects and gives the results
Lan -They used to live in the same
residential area in Ha Noi
-Lan went on a two-day trip to Do Son

16
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
and Ha went their to hepl her -Ha’s
very friendly and helpful
-Ha’sociable.She got many friends in
Do Son and she introduced Lan around
Long -They met in college
-Minh play the guitar and Long was a
singer
-They work together -Minh has a
sense of humour
-Minh likes to go plays and movies
-Minh is a good listener
-Minh is friendly and helpful

Sts work in pairs


a.Who is Lan’s best friend? - Ha
b. How long have they been friend?
- for a long time
c.Where did they use to live?
- They used to live in Nguyen Cong Tru
Residential area in Ha Noi
3)After you listen (6ms) d.When did Ha’ family move to Hai
T gets sts to work in pairs to talk about Phong? - in 1985
how Ha has been Lan's best friend and e. How is Ha? - Ha is very friendly.
how Minh has been Long's best friend. f.When did lan first start to get to know
T calls some pairs to present their Ha? - When Lan was going on a two day
answers. trip to Do Son last year

— T elicits feedback from the class and g. How and where did Long and Minh
17
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
gives final comments. meet? - They met in college Long was a
singer and Minh was a guitarist
h.What is Minh’good quality?
- He has a goodsense of humour, he is
funny , helpful and very good listener
i.What do they like to go together?
- They like to plays and movies together.
Home work(2ms)
-Write a paragraph for 100 words about

WRAPPING UP how you and your friend has become


— T summarises the main points of the best friend
lesson.
— T asks Ss to learn by heart all new - learn by heart all new words

words -prepare writing

V. EXPERIENCE:

18
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

UNIT 1:
Period:5 D- WRITING

Class Teaching date Absentees


11A

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to write a paragraph to describe
about a friend , real or imaginary
II. Language focus:
*vocabulary: apartment building, guitarist, sense of humour, around
*skills: 4 skills, especially :reading and writing
*grammar: the simple present
T gives the outline
III. Method and teaching aids:
- Communicative approach
- text book, handout, poster
*Tecniques: guessing game, write it up, survey
IV. Procedures:
A. Warm up: and check-up(10ms)
-T calls two sts to go to bb and write some adjectives of physical characteristic and
personalities to describe a person
19
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
-T calls one student to go to bb and look for ward to the class ,T put the name of a sts in
the class , a student can describe that sts,and the ss at bb guess “who is he/she?”
Ss may ask questions such as:
+ Is the person a girl?
+ Is she tall?
+ Is she short—sighted?
+ Is she friendly?...
-If that sts describe and guess well , he or she will get good marks
-T: you have just described a friend in the class,today we continue to describe a
person ,your friend
B. New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
I.Pre-writing(10ms)
T sets the scene: You are going to write Read the passage describing a person
about a friend, real or imaginary, using and say which sentences describe:
the provided guidelines. T gets Ss to read Ss’ writing should include three parts:
the task and the guidelines silently and (1) general information about their
work out what they are required to write friend, (2) his / her physical
about characteristics and personalities, and
T elicits the verb tenses that may be (3) what Ss like about the friend.
useful when Ss want to write about when In this case, Ss may use the simple past
and where they met their friend. tense and past continuous in their
If needed, T may revise the uses of these writing.
tenses. work individually
T may also elicit / revise the adjectives -Write it up:Write about your friend or
and expressions Ss can use to describe your teacher you like best

20
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
their friend’s appearance and -Ex: who is she/he?
personalities. -How old is he/she

— T gets Ss prepare an outline for their -where does he/she live?

writing and -where and when you met

exchange it with their peer. her /him?


-physical
— T goes around to offer help and gives
characteristics(height, face, eyes,
corrective Feed back.
hair,clothes)
II.While-writing(24ms)
Example 1:
T gets Ss to write about their friend in 15
Hoa has been my best friend since
minutes.
many years.She is quite a lively
T goes around to observe and offer help.
person. She is fairly tall with a good
T asks Ss to exchange their writing with
fingure.She ‘s got a heart- shaped face
another student for peer correction,
with a small sort of turned- up nose. It
T goes around and collects mistakes and
is very attractive . She has got long ,
errors.
black wavy hair and blue eyes with
T collects some writings for quick very long eyelashes.Her complexion is
feedback. white. Her lips are very full and she
has got dimples in her checks. Now she
lives very far from me , but we still
keep contact through e- mail .
Example 2:
Of all my friends , I like Ha Giang
best.She is my classmate, and we have
been friend for a long time.We met one
day when she was looking for a
books.which she needed in the school
21
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
library.
She has a nice face, and when you
meet her,the first you notice are her
dark eyes
She is someone I like beacause she
III. Post -writing(4ms) is clever and has a good sense of
T provides general comments on the humour.We also have something
writings. common beacause we both like reading
T summarises the main points of the novels and watching films
lesson I hope that we will be friend forever

Assigns homework Home work(1minute)


-Doing the writing in the text book
page 11 and 15
-Write a paragraph to describe one of
members in your family
-Prepare Languge Focus

V. EXPERIENCE:

22
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

UNIT 1:
Period:6 E - Language focus

Class Teaching date Absentees


11A
I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ss will be able to:
+ know how to pronounce the two sounds:/ / and / /
+ review how to use infinitive with “TO” and infinitive withuot “TO”
Language focus
*pronunciation: / / and / /
*grammar: Infinitive with “TO” and infinitive without “TO”
*grammar: the simple present
II. Method and Tecniques
- Communicative approach and task-based teaching ,
- Pronuncation, gap-filling , ordering words, transformation
III. teaching aids:
-text book, handout, poster
23
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
IV. Procedures:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
A. Pronunciation: (10 minutes)
- Ask students to look at their books then - Open the books
introduce to them - Look at; Listen and Repeat
*Listen and repeat : - Repeat the words in chorus then
- T plays the tape or read loudly then ask individual
students to repeat
- Introduces : / dʒ / - / t∫/
- Correct pronunciation for the students - Look at Practise the sentences
* Practise these sentences - Listen to the teacher then repeat in
- Reads the sentences loudly chorus then individual
- Asks students to repeat
B. Grammar and Vocabulary(30
minutes)
1. To infinitive
- T writes some sentences on the board and Take note
underline the to+ infinitive *Notes
+ I have letters to write to my friends - The infinitive can be placed after
+ I have some homework to do nouns/pronouns to show how they can
+ Does he get anything to eat? be used or what is to be done with them
+ Have you got anything to say? + I have letters to write = I have letters
- T asks Ss to comment on the use of to + that I must write……
infinitives in these examples. T reviews the + I have some homework to do= I have
form and use of to –infinities in the some homework that I must do
example + Does he get anything to eat?= Does
he get anything that he can eat?
24
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
N/pro+to -infinitives
Ex: I need someone to take care of my
children
to -infinitives + prepsitions
ex: I need someone to talk to my
mother
Can I borrow your case to keep my
records in?
Adj + to -infinitive
Too/ enough + to –infinitive
Individual work
1. Who wants somethings to eat
Practice 2. I have some letters to write
Exercise 1 3. I am delighted to hear the news
Ask Ss to do exercise1 individually and 4. My mother has some shopping to do
then compare their answers with another 5. You always have too much to talk
student about
- T calls on some Ss to read aloud their 6. It’s lovely to see you again
answers 7. It’s too cold to go out
- T gives the correct answers 8. I’m happy to know that you have
passed the exams
*Infinitive without “TO”
2. Infinitive without to(10m) + After modal verbs
— T calls some Ss to give out some verbs - The children can sing a song
that are followed by bare infinitives, - He will help you with the work

— T may make clear that: + After: HAD BETTER,WOULD RATHER

+ We can use a noun or pronoun object + -You had better take your father’s
25
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
bare infinitive advice

after verbs of perceptions such as feel, -They decided to join volunteer work
hear, watch, see, notice, observe, smell... rather than go on hoiliday
The bare infinitive generally refers to the * After verbs of preposition: hear, see,
complete action. watch, notice.feel

+ We use the bare infinitive after let and They saw someone go into the garden
make: let sb do sth = allow sb to do sth, I see her cook dinner (completed
make sb do sth = force sb to do sth action)

Ask Ss to give some examples Notice:I see her cooking dinner(I see

Listens and asks the other to comment she’s cooking dinner)


* After make ,let ,have and bid
eg: She let her children play game all
the time
-after :except, but, than

Practice He did nothing but watch

Exercise 2 Pair work and then individual work

-T asks Ss to do exercise 2 in pairs. Ss have 1. The police watched them get out of
to rewrite the sentences by using the words the car
given 2. They let him write a letter to his wife

-T asks them to compare answers with 3. I heard them talk in the next room

another pairs 4. The customs officer made him open

-T calls on some Ss to go to the board to the briefcase

write their answers 5. The boy saw the cat jump though the

- T asks other Ss to feedback and gives window

correct answers 6. Do you think the company will make


him pay some extra money?
7. I felt the animal move towards me
26
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
8. Do you think her parents will let her
go on a picnic?
3. Homework(4minutes)
Assigns homework Learn by heart all the knowledge
they’ve learnt and practice them again
Build the sentences ,using the cues given at home
below: - Prepare the next lesson: Unit 2(lesson
1.I/have?some letters?write 1: reading)
2.It/lovely/see/you again
3.English/important language/master
5.They/make/I/do/it

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:7 A - READING
Class Teaching date Absentees
11A
I. Objectives :By the end of the lesson , ss will be able to:

- read and understanding about the story


- Master some new words to talk about their personal experiences
Language focus: *Vocabulary: Embarrassing-embarrased, floppy hat,glance at, dol,
make a fuss,, sneaky,a wod of, ....
*Grammar: Simple past tense

27
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
II. Method and Tecniques:
-Communicative approach and task-based teaching ,
- Gap-filing ,pairwork, ask and answer
III. teaching aids:
text book, handout, poster,cassette player, real objects
IV. Procedures
A. Check up : (5ms)
-T calls two ss to bb and answer the qs
+ Questions “How to use the infinitive with TO and without TO
+ Do the exercise:give the correct form of the verb in tne bracket:
1.Please let me (know) your name
2.I don’t know how (use ) this computer
3.I have a lot of homework (do) today
4.We haven’t got anything (tell) you
5.We hear him (leave) house in this morning
-T asks some question to lead the new lesson:
1.Would you feel embarrassed or upset if you tell lie?
2.If you made a stupid mistake , how would you feel?
3.Have you ever felt confused before someone?
Today we………… “personal experiences” is the thing that happened to you that
influnced the way you think and behave
B. New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
Before you read:(10ms)
T introduces the pictures: The six pictures Sts discuss in the groups and guess
describe the events in a story. They are not in what is happening to the girl in each of
order. Can you describe what's happening in the picture
28
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
each of them. Picture a: The girl is very happy when
Ex: How does the girl in the picture feel? she wears a red cotton floppy hat
Picture b: The girl looks surprised
when her father tell her about the
beautiful hat, her biggest dream
While you read: (22ms) ........................................
Set the scene: You are going to read a story
in which a girl’s telling about her most -ss listen and give the meaning of the
embarrassing situation. Then you do the words
tasks that follow.
T use ssome methods to teach the new words
to introduce new words to sts Copy in their notebooks and read in
a).vocabulary: chorus
-embarrassed-embarrassing (a) = upset
(synonym): ngượng ngùng, lúng túng
-a floppy hat (n) (visual): mò vải mềm
-an idol (n) : (explain): thần tượng
- (to) glance (at) (mine): liếc nhìn
-sneaky (a) : vụng trộm , lén lút
(to) make a fuss: làm ầm ĩ lên, làm om sòm
Asks ss to read the reading passage and do Task 1:
the task 1 Silent reading (the story at page 23 in
Asks Ss to go back to the passage to locate the text book)
and read around these words so that they can work in groups and do the exercises in
guess their meanings. For example, the the text book at page 24 and write the
words “idol” found in line 3 answer on bb (Ss need to guess which

may refer to “someone you admire and part of speech they might deal with in
29
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
adore”. Ss can understand this meaning each case)
thanks to the words “pop star” and the idea Ss use both their knowledge of the
that the girl wants to look like this person. words in the box and their guess-work
-T checks and corrects and gives feedback with the given sentences to match them
correctly.
Answers:
1. glanced 2. making a fuss
3.embarrassing 4. idols
5.sneaky
T gets Ss to read the text silently again and Task 2:
then with a peer work out the sequence of the Put the pictures of the events (on page
pictures given on page 22 again, this time 22) in the order they happened in the
based on the information in the text. story (pairwork)
T calls a student to give and explain his / her
answer. Answers:
b*Answers: 1.D ,2B ,3F ,4E, 5A, 6C 1. Picture d 2. Picture b
3. Picture f 4. Picture e
5. Picture a 6. Picture c
Task 3:
Task 3:Answer the questions -Sts work in groups and write the
T checks if Ss can answer the comprehension answer on the poster
questions in Task 3 without having to read • underline the key words to decide
the passage again. If Ss cannot, T gets them what information they need to find in
to read the questions carefully and the text
gives them some tips to do the task: • look for questions words like “why”
which indicates Ss should read for

30
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
specific thing like a reason.
+ Then they should go back to the
passage and locate the key words in the
passage.
+ Then they should read around the key
words carefully to find the answer.
1. A floppy cotton hat (lines 2 —3,
1.What did the girl wish to have when she
paragraph 1)
was in grade 9?
2. To buy a floppy cotton hat (lines 1
2.Why did the father give her some money on
—2, paragraph 2)
her birthday?
3. A wad of dollar notes that look
exactly like those her father had given
3.What did she see in the boy'sbag?
her. (lines 2 —3, paragraph 3)
4. She thought that was her own money
4.Why did she decide to take the money from
and the boy had stolen it from her. She
the boy’bag without saying anything about
wanted to take it back without making
it?
a fuss. (lines 3 —6, paragraph 3)
5. She bought the hat of her dream.
5.What did she do with the money?
(line 1, paragraph 4)
-T corrects and gives feedback
After you read:(6ms)
+Discussion
e.g. ‘perhaps she could”, “she. might
* How did the girl in the story feel when she
want to...” and some adjectives that
discovered that the money she had taken
express feelings, e.g.
from the boy’bag was not hers?
* What do you think the girl had to do after “embarrassed”, “ashamed”,

she discovered that the money she had taken “confused”, “sad”, “unhappy”,

31
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
from the boy’s bag was not hers? “uncomfortable “, “uneasy”, etc.
Home work:
Assigns homework (2ms) - Rewrite a short paragraph about your
most embarrassing experience in your
life
- Prepare the next lesson: speaking

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:8 b - speakING
Class Teaching date Absentees
11A
I. Objectives :By the end of the lesson , ss will be able to talk about their personal

experiences and feeling before experiences


Language focus
*grammar: Simple past tense, present perfect
II. Method and Tecniques
- Communicative approach ,
- Gap-filing ,pairwork, ask and answer,role play, ordering statements
32
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
III. teaching aids: text book, handout, poster, ...
IV. Procedures
A. Check up: answer the questions: (5-7ms)
1. What the girl wish to have when she was grade 9?
2. Who was the girl ‘idol?
3. Who gave her some money on her birthday ?
4. What did she see in the boy’ bag?
5. Why did she take the money from the boy’bag?
6. What did she do with the money?
-T asks some questions:
- Have you had some personal experiences?
- How do you feel if you meet a famous film star?
- How do you feel if you fail in the exams?
B. New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
T introduces the task and gets Ss to do it Task 1 (8ms)
in pairs Ss to do it individually, then compare the
-T put the poster of task 1 on bb answers with a peer.
T calls a student to read out his / her Sts work in pairs and match the sentences
answers. Answers:
T checks with the class and gives 1. d
corrective feedback. 2. c
T introduces or elicits the structures 3. a
“Make somebody do something” or 4. b
“Make somebody + Adjective”. 5. e
T introduces the task Task 2: (13ms)
T can model some questions and asks
33
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
sts work in pairs Work in pairs (one asks one answers)
Ex: b. Have you ever spoken English to a native
+ have you ever met a foriegner? speaker?
+ when and how did happen? d.Yes, I talked to English girl last summer.
+ how did the experiences effect you? h. How did you meet her?
Or: Have you ever to talk to a famous a. I was walking along Trang Tien street
star?film star? when an English girl ....... about the lake.
*Notes:Use the past simple to tell a e.What did you talk about?
story or something which we remember g. Everything about the lake :It’s name ,the
again. great turltes in it ,etc.
c.How did the experience effect you?
f. Well, It makes me more interested in
T introduces the task: Underline the learning English.
structures ued to to talk about past Task 3: (15ms) Ss are going to ask and
experiences in the dialogue 2, then use answer questions about their past
the structure and ideas in task 1 to make experiences, using the suggested questions
a similar dialogue on page 26.
*Useful structures: ss role play and pratise the dialogue
- Have you ever……….? H: have you ever been serious ill?
- How did it happen………..? G:Yes, I have had a bad cold.And I had to
- When did it happen? be away from school for nearly a week
- How did the experiences effect you? H: When did it happen?
G:Last summer
H:How did it happen?
G:One evening ,when I left for the evening
class ,the sky was cloudy with black clouds.
My mother told me to take my raincoat ,But
34
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
I didn’t
H:So you got wet in the rain on the way
home
G: Right ,I got wet through and I got home
in such a terrible state and that night I ran
very high temperature.Then I got serious ill
H: How did the experience effect you?
G:I missed some classes, and I learned a
pricious lesson : I should appreciate my
health , and especially I should take my
parent’advice.
Assigns homework: Home work: (2ms) Write a paragraph
about your experiences in your life
Prepare for the next lesson : Listening
V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:9 C - ListenING
I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ss will be able to listen and choose the correct
answer , filling in the gaps
Language focus
*Grammar: Simple past tense
*Vocabulary:scream, memorable, terrified, gas stove, unforgetable, escape
II. Method and Tecniques
- Communicative approach ,
- Gap-filling ,pairwork, , T/F statements, matching
III. teaching aids:
35
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
text book, handout, poster, drawing pictures, cassette player
IV. Procedures
A. Check up:Tell your experiences in your life and how did effect you? (5ms)
B. New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
BEFORE YOU LISTEN: (10ms)
-T asks some questions Ss listen and answer the questions
1. What is happening in the picture? - A fire is burning and someone is
trying to put it out
2. What is this woman doing?
- She is carring her daughter out of
the fire
3.How do you feel when you see a large fire? - I feel very terrible
4.What would you do if you saw a large fire? -I called the fire brigade
T uses the picture in the text book to teach
the new words -Sts listen and guess the meaning
Asks Ss to practice the vocabulary in chorus. vocabulary:
T helps Ss to pronounce them correctly - terrified (a) (visual) : khủng khiếp
- memorable = unforgetable
(synonym) (a): không thể quên
- sceam (v) (visual): la to ,la hét
- Embrace (v) (mine): ôm ấp
- gas stove (n) (real object):bếp ga
WHILE YOU LISTEN: (25ms) - escape (v) (explain): trốn thoát
-Asks Ss to read the statements to understand Task 1: T/F statements:
them Ss read through the statements to
-Tplays the tapes once for Ss to listen and do understand them and underline key
the task words. For example, the key words in
the first statement are “Christina” and
36
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Checks the answer with the whole class “businesswoman”.
- T can play the tape again and pauses at the Ss listen and do the task
answers for them to catch *Answers(feedback)
1.T
2.F (not 3 years ago-13 years ago)
3.F (not because of the light, ------that
is the gas stove)
4F.(not reading book,------- sleeping)
5.T
task 2:
-T asks sts to open the book and read the Ss study the text carefully for the

passage in the text book missing information they need to fill


and guess the answers.
- T checks if Ss can do the task without
Listen to the tape
listening one more time. If they cannot, T
plays the tape again. But before doing it, T
asks Ss to study the text carefully for the
*Answers:
missing information they need to fill and
guess the answers. 1. small 2. everything

Asks ss to tell the results 3. family 4. replaced

-T corrects and gives the feedback 5. took 6. appreciate


- ss work in groups and discuss about
AFTER YOU LISTEN: (8ms) that situation
-T gives situation : Chritina says that family - ss write the main ideas on the poster
is more important than any things .Do you or sts report front of the class
agree or disagree with her ? why ?Exchange +Suggest ideas:
ideas with your partners Family is more impotant than
-T can give some suggest ideas anything else because:
37
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
-It can not be replaced
-It gives me love, support
-We will feel warm and believe when
live in happy family

Home work:
Assigns homework (2ms) Suggested questions
- Write a paragraph (for 100 words) about an - when and where did you see it?
accident or a fire which you saw - how did you feel?
- Prepare the next lesson:writing - what did it affect to you?
- what could you do at that time?

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period: 10 D - writING
Class Teaching date Absentees
11A
I. Objectives :By the end of the lesson , ss will be able to write a letter about one of their
most memorable past experience
Language focus
*grammar: Simple past tense
*Writing a letter

38
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
II. Method and Tecniques
-Communicative approach ,
- Gap-filing ,write it up, group work
III. teaching aids: text book, handout, poster.
IV. Procedures
A. Check up:Tell your experiences in your life and how did effect you?(5ms)
B. New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
Warm up(8m)
Brain-storming
Whole class
-T asks Ss to tell about their unforgettable
Group work
past experiences and the others make
Past experiences:
questions to ask
-Failing an exam
-Which team makes more questions is the
-Getting a reward
winner
……………………….
T asks some questions:
Ss give the aswers:
1. How many parts does a personal letter
1. 5 parts
normally have?
2. The Heading, the Salutation (Greeting),
2. What are these parts?
the Body, the Closing and the Signature
3. What do we normally write in the
3. We normally write “Dear” or “Hello /
Salutation?
Hi” etc. plus the name of the person we
are writing to and a comma at the end.
4. What do we normally write in the
4. We normally write something like
Closing?
“Sincerely”, “Yours“, “Love”, “Cheers”,
“Best wishes”, “See you soon” etc. and
after that we put a comma.
39
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
5. Where do we normally sign the letter? 5. Our signature normally goes under the
A. Preparing to write(10m) Closing.

T sets the scene: You are going to write a


friendly letter to a pen friend telling him
or her about one of your most memorable - Listen and read the task silently
past experiences,
T gets Ss to read the task silently and
work out what they are required to write
about.
Gives a letter and asks Ss to complete the
Study the letter and complete the chart
chat
Questions Answers
Dear Helen
1.Name of experience The frightened
Last night I had a scary dream ,I
experience
was walking along in an empty street at
2.when it happened Last night
night .Suddently, a lion appeared at the
3.where it happened The writer was
end of the street .He ran towards me with
walking along an empty street late at
his big mouth open and sharp teeth.He
night
roared and jumped upon me.I sceamed
4.How it happened The lion ran
loudly ,but noone heard my scream,
towards the writer with his big mouth
fortunately at that time I awoke.I’m still
and sharp teethHe roared and jumped
frightened now.By the way , how are you?
upon her
Do you still have a nightmare as before?I
5.How the experience effected the writer
think we have a similar problem
She was frigtened
now.Write to me as soon as possible.
now
Your friend
Practise writing the letter base on the
Minh
outline
40
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Individual work
A sample letter:

T gives the outline of the letter Cao Bang September 03nd 2009

Most unforgettable experience Dear Long,


+ What happened? How have you been doing? Have you got
-I nearly drowned any plan for the coming school break?
+ When it happened? Perhaps I will go to see my grandparents
-A year ago, my last summer vacation in the countryside. I haven’t seen them
+ Where it happened? since my last school holiday.
-A river near my grandparent’s house Let me tell you about my last summer
+ How it happened? vacation at my grandparents’. It was
-When I was swimming, I suddenly almost a year ago and was one of my most
caught a cold, I felt dizzy and I was too unforgettable experiences.
weak to swim My grandparents live in a small village in
+ who was involved? Trung Khanh. There is a large river at the
-Some of my friends were also swimming back of their house where I often do
at that time, one tried to save me swimming every afternoon when I spend
+ How it affected you? my vacation with them.
-I learned that life is so important One day when I was swimming with some
- T gets Ss to plan their stories according of my friends, I suddenly caught a cold. I
to the questions felt so dizzy and was too weak to continue
Writing(20m) swimming, so I started to sink. I thought I
T gets Ss to write their own letters in 10 was going to drown but I couldn’t call out
minutes for help because I was too tired and
-Then T asks Ss to work individually, terrified. Luckily, one of my friends saw
exchange their letters and correct each that and shouted for help. Immediately,
other
41
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- T goes around the class to offer help another friend who swims the best among
Feed back on Ss’ writing (6m) us swam towards me and tried to pull me
-T chooses one letter and reads it to the up. Then other friends swam towards us
class to help him push me in.. My ljfe was
- T elicits corrective feedback from the finally saved.
class and gives final comments Now recalling the moment I thought I was
afterwards. going to die, I understand how precious
life is. This event definitely taught me to
appreciate my life.
What about you? Have you got any
unforgettable holiday that you would like
to share with me?
See you soon.
Nam
Home work(1ms)
-Write a letter of your experience
-Prepare the next lesson: L.Focus
V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:11 E - language focus


Class Teaching date Absentees
11A

42
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
I. Objectives :By the end of the lesson , ss will be able to pronounce the sounds:

/m/, /n/ ,/ η / correctly and review some tenses


Language focus
*pronucation: /m/ ,/n/ / η /
*grammar: + present simple indicating past time
+ the past simple ,past progresive and past perfect
II. Method and Tecniques
- Communicative approach ,
- Gap-filing ,Riddle order, complete the sentences, groups work, pair work
III. teaching aids: text book, handout, poster.
IV. Procedures
A. Check up:Tell your experiences in your life and how did effect you?
B.Warm up:
-Write words for the things in the pictures in the correct column of the table
Sts work in goups and put the corect words in to the right column
/m/ /n/ /η /
mountain nose wrong
man money morning
money running

C. New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
I. Pronunciation (5ms)
a)Pratise the sounds: /m/, /n/ / η / Listen and repeat
T introduces 3 sounds and sts repeat in *Notes:
chorus and in individually -when “n” follows “m” in the same sylybal
-T corrects and give notes it is usually not pronounced
43
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
b)Pratise the sentences in the text book Ex: column, autumn ,solemn
-T asks sts to read aloud the sentences -“ng” or “ngue” at the end of the words
(individually) are always pronounced / η /
Ex: tongue, sing, walking
-the letter “n” before “g” or :k” is
pronounced / η /
Ex: kings, hungry, thank, think
II. Grammar: (20ms) -Sts listen and take notes
a) Present simple indicating past time:Thì *Form: S + V(+ s, es) +O
hiện tại diễn tả thời gian quá khứ *Usage:
+) Exercises 1: Use the correct present -Thì HT§ cã thể được dùng để diễn tả thời
tense form of the verbs in the brackets in gian ở quá khứ
the story bellow (In the text book on p30) + Ở lối văn kể chuyện (narrative) để cho sự
-T checks and correct and gives feedback kiện sống ®éng hơn
Answer: Th Ex: The story is about a poor girl who lives

1. invites with her single father in a cottage.

2. sets +Ở bài tóm tắt kịch/chuyện phim hay bình


luận bóng đá
3. gets
Ex;A man walks into the bar and asks for a
4. waves
glass of brandy…..
5. promises
Nam takes the ball ,beats two players and
6. carries
centres into it the goal
7. contains
*Tư têng thuật những gì chúng ta đã nghe và đã
8. has baked đọc
9. is Ex:The article explains why the number of
10. is shining students who passed the last exam
11. are singing decreases
44
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
12. is * Thì hiện tại này được gọi là hiện tại lịch
sử (historical present)
Sts read through the exercises and work in
groups and write the answer on bb
B) The past simple, past progressive and +The past simmple:
past perfect *Form: S + V-ed/V2 +O
T reviews the forms, the past simple and past *Usage:
continuous, meanings, and uses of Past -diễn tả một hành động đã xảy ra trong
simple to sts quá khứ và chấm dứt ở quá khứ : He
painted the doors
-Sự kiện xảy ra trong quá khứ với thời
gian được xác định , thương trong câu
có các từ như:ago, last year, once, the

T gets Ss to do Exercise 2 individually and other day (hôm nọ) once upon a time

then find a partner to check their answers (ngày xửa , ngày xưa)….

with. *This house was once used as a prison

Exercises 2: Complete the sentences by -Sự kiện được lặp đi lặp lại trong quá

putting the verb into the past simple or past khứ nhưng không còn ở hiện tại

progressive: The children often played in this park

-T checks and corrects and gives feedback USED TO+ V(bare –inf) và would có

The answers: thể dùng trong trường hợp này


-Sự kiện xảy ra trong suốt một khoảng
1. broke / was playing
thời gian trong quá khứ và đã chấm dứt
2. wrote / was
He worked in this company for two
3. was working / broke
years
4. started / were walking
- Sau It’s time…….
5. told / were having
It’s time he changed his working
45
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
6. didn’t listen / was thinking +Past continous

7. phoned / didn’t answer / were doing *Form: S + WAS /WERE+ V-ING

8.didn’t wear / didn’t notice / was driving *usage: Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn dùng để
diễn tả một hành động, sự kiện xảy ra ở
một thời điểm đặc thù trong quá khứ
What was you doing at 2 p.m yesterday?
- Sự kiện đang diễn tiến thì bất chợt một
hành đéng khác xảy ra ở quá khứ (hành
động ®ang diÔn ra thì dïng ở qktd, hành
động nào ngắn hơn và mang tính tức thời,
thì ở qkđ)
Last night when I was doing exercises ,
my friend came
*Hai hoặc nhiều sự xảy ra cùng một lúc
Last night ,while I was listening the radio,
my children were learning the lesson
Notes: Với các trạng từ “ALWAYS,
CONTINUALLY, FOREVER”, diễn tả sự kiên

lặp đi lặp lại nhiều lần trong quá khứ tỏ ý


không hài lòng
He was always coming to work late
T reviews the form, meaning and use of the
+ Simple past perfect:
past perfect and compares it with other past
*Form: S + HAD + PAST PARTICIPLE
tenses
*Usage:Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra
T gets Ss. to do Exercise 3 individually and
trước một thời điểm nào đó trong quá khứ
then find a partner to check their answers
(before + khoảng thời gian trong qk)
with.
Eg:These men had been factory workers
46
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
T checks the answers with the whole class before 1975
and provides corrective feedback - Diễn tả một hành đéng xảy ra trước một

+)Exercies 3: hành động khác trong quá khứ (hai hành

Complete the sentences, putting the verbs in động này được liên kết nhau bởi các liên từ
each sentence into the past simple or the past như:as soon as, before, after, when, hành
perfect đéng nào xảy ra trước ,chia qkht, hành

1. had eaten / arrived động xảy ra sau chia qkđ)


- When he came ,his girl friend had gone
2. found / had taken
out so he couldn’t meet her.
3. got / had closed
4. got / had left
5. got / had arrived
6. paid/ had phoned
7. went / said / had not arrived
8. had looked / asked / cost
HOMEWORK:
Assigns homework
- Redo exercises 1, 2, 3 in the notebook.
- Review unit 1 +2
- Prepare the test 45'

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:12A Review

I. Listening: Listen to the passage and choose A, B ,C or D to fill in each gap:


My pet dog Buddy is very _________ (1). He can recognize the sound of my motobike
from __________ (2) My mom says he usually gets __________ (3), runs to the gate ,
47
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
and parks a few minutes before I get home. Everyday before my dad gets home , he runs
to fetch my mom, snatches at her __________ (4) and pulls her gently to the
__________ (5) to wait for dad's appearance.
1.A. inteligent B.thin C.ugly D. big
2.A.kitchen B.distance C.western D.distric
3.A.exciting B.attracted C.excited D.interested
4.A.shirt B.first C.third D.skirt
5.A.door B.window C.yard D.desk
II. Grammar and Vocabulary:Choose the correct answer:
6.It’s lovely ………………you again
A.seeing B.for seeing C.of seeing D.to see
7.A person who is concerned only with his own interests and feeling is……………
A.selfish B.constant C.loyal D.sympathetic
8.He is always loyal……….his principle whatever happens
A.with B.about C.to D.on
9………….and uncertain people and incapable of true friend
A.Unselfish B.Changeable C.Mutual D.Sociable
10.I think good friendship should be based on ………………understanding
A.mutual B.modest C.hospitable D.helpful
11.My friend was in a very………….situation, so she didn’t what to say
A.terrified B.memorable C.embarrassing D.embarrased
12.I………….to music when he arrived
A.listen B.has listened C.was listening D.listened
13.She ………..in a bank since she…………….school
A.has worked / left B.worked / has left
C.has worked / has left D.worked / left
14.Don’t make…………..embarrassed
48
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
A.him to feel B.him feel C.him to feeling D.him feeling
15.Did you see the cat………..the kitchen
A.feeding B.to feed C.feeded D.feed
16.My mother is watching our pet dog…………in the front yard
A.jumped B.jumping C.jump D.to jump
17.The police ….to Claire’s complaint because she had phoned them so many times
before
A.made a fuss B.took no notice C.took no interest D.paid no attention
18.When we ………..at the station, the train……….
A.arrived/had left B.had arrived/left C.had arrived/had left D.arrived/left
19.You eat the olives ,everybody……….them
A.hate B.hates C.is hating D.are hating
20.No……………can last long which is all give on one side and all yake on the other
A.friend B.friendly C.frienliness D.friendship
21.His parents never left him ………..
A.smoking B.to smoke C.smoke D.smoked
22.Teeenagers nowaday often have their own ………who they really love and imitate
in different way
A.sneaky B.friendship C.interests D.idols

23.”Constancy” means:…………..
A.unchangeable B.changeable C.uncertain D.incapable
24.She felt very……………because she made mistakes
A.embarrassing B.embarrassed C.embarace D.emabarrasse
25. After Michael………….a deep breath, he…………..tnto the water
A.had taken/had dived B.took/had dived C.had taken/dived D.was taking/dived

49
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
III. Phonetics: *Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently
from that of the others
26. A.which B. school C.French D.mutual
27. A.change B.children C.church D.machine
28. A.Autumn B.nose C.ran D.next
29. A. heat B. scream C. meat D. dead
30. A. men B. pen C. women D. send
IV.Reading: Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question:
Amelia Earhart was a famous aeroplane pilot . She was born in Atchison , Kansas in 1898 .
When she was 22 , she stopped her studies at Columbia University , New York , to learn to
pilot a plane . Flying lessons were expensive and she took several jobs to pay for them: once
she worked as a lorry driver because the pay was good. In 1932 she was the first woman to
fly her own plan across the Atlantic , from Newfoundland to Ireland.
1. Who was Amelia Earhart ?
................................................................................................................................................
2. When and where was she born ?
.................................................................................................................................................
3. Why did she stop her studies at Columbia University ?
................................................................................................................................................
4. What did she do to pay for her flying lessons ?
................................................................................................................................................
THE END

Period:13 READING

50
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ss will be able to reading for special information
,understand and talk about the parties in The United States
Language focus:
*Lexical items: words/phrases related to parties
*skill: reading fer gist and for special information
II. Method and Tecniques:
- Communicative approach
- Chatting , ask and answer, discussion
III. teaching aids: text book, handout, poster., real objects
IV. Procedures:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
Warm up: (chatting) (5ms)
- T asks sts some questions: Answer
T: Nam, how old are you ? Nam: I’m sixteen years old
T: When’s your birthday? Nam: .......
T: Have you ever celebrated your birthday?
where? Outside or at home? how do you
celebrate them?
T: What did you do at your party?
T: Have your parents had a wedding
anniversary?
Sets the scene: In our country people often
have parties to celebrate silver anniversaries.,
golden anniversary, birthday.Today we are
going to see how some parties in The United
States are.
PRESENTATION:
51
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
-T asks sts to look at the picture and answer look at the pictures and answer the
the question questions:
Listen and answer the question
1. What is the relationship between the - The people in picture 1 are friends and
people in the pictures? the people In picture 2 belong to a family.
2. What are they celebrating? - The children in picture 1 are celebrating
a birthday party and the people in picture
2 are celebrating a golden wedding
anniversary
-T explains some words, phrasals to the sts Take note
+ Silver anniversary = silver wedding
The 25th anniversary of a wedding
+ Ruby anniversary = ruby wedding
The 40th anniversary of a wedding
+golden anniversary = golden wedding
The 50th anniversary of wedding
+ Diamon anniversary = diamon wedding:
the 60th anniversary of wedding
Guides ss to read the new words
II. While you read (20ms)

Sets the scene: You are going to read about TASK 1

how American people celebrate birthdays Listen


- Read the passage silently and then do
and wedding anniversaries. Then you do the
Task1
tasks that follow.
- Decide which of the activities below
- T gets Ss to read the passage silently and
talks place at the birthday or at a wedding
then do Task 1.
anniversary party or at both
Calls ss to give the answers on the poster or
52
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
on the bb -sts work in groups and give the answers
Gives feedback on the poster or on the bb
+ Answers:
Birthdays party: 1,2,3,4,7
Sets the scene: In each of the sentence ,there Wedding anniversary: 2,3,5,6
is one word ,not true according to the reading TASK 2
-Sts read through the text and work in
passage.Underlined the wrong word and
pairs to find out the wrong words and give
correct one
the correction for each sentence
Asks ss to work in pairs .
Pairwork
Calls ss to give the answers on the poster or
+ Answers:
on the bb
Gives feedback 1. eighth —> sevenths (line 1, paragraph
1, part A)
2. makes —> eats (line 2, paragraph 3,
part A)
3. foods —> presents (line 3, paragraph 3,
part A)
4. anniversaries —> ages (line 4,
paragraph 4, part A)
5. months —> years (line 2, paragraph 1,
part B)
6. 5th —> 50th (line 2, paragraph 3, part B)
7. silver —> golden (line 5, paragraph 3,
part B)
-sts work in groups and discussand after
III. AFTER YOU READ: (7ms) that sts go to bb and report their ideas
* Asks ss to discuss by answering the Pairwork
53
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
questions:
The answer may vary
1.Where do you prefer to celebrate your
birthday party, at home or in a restaurant?
why?
2.Do your parents celebrate their wedding
anniversary?
3.Are you going to celebrate your wedding
anniversary parties in the future? why (not)?
Assigns homework
Home work(3ms)
- Write the things which you prepare for
your birthday party.
- Do exercises in the text book again
- Prepare the next lesson_ speaking

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:14 speakING
54
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ss will be able to talk about the party they take
part in
Language focus:* Grammar:simple past, present tense
* Skill: speaking
II. Method and Tecniques: Communicative approach, retell
III. teaching aids: text book, handout, poster., real object
IV. Procedures:
New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
WARM - UP (7ms)
Gives the situation: Yesterday I went to a Ask some questions
party. Please ask me some questionsto get as 1. Who gave the party?
much information about the party as you can.. 2. Where did it take place? Was it a nice
Answers ss' questions place?
3. What time did it start and end?
4. On what occasion was the party held?
5. What activities did you do there?
6. Did you have a good time?
7. How were the people like?
8. What about foods and drinks?
T teaches necessary language for talking about
- Take note
parties.
A birthday/house-warming party
*notes:
A family/social gathering
- Host (n): ông chủ(bữa tiệc)
To have/organize/hold/celebrate/give a
- Hostess (n):bà chủ(nt)
party
- Decoration (n): sự trang trí
To celebrate one’s birthday / wedding
55
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Budget (n);ngân quỹ anniversary/graduation
To join oneself
To have fun/a good time
Gifts: flowers, souvenirs, a bottle of
wine, chocolate
Decorations: balloons, flowers, lamps,
pictures….
Food and drinks: main courses, cakes,
ice-cream, sweets, soft drink, fruits, ....
Music: pop music, jazz, classical
Task 1(8m) music……
- Asks ss to open their book and read through Choose from the list the things you want
all questions and answer the questions to talk about
Gets Ss to do the task individually Sts open their book and read through all
- T encourages Ss to take notes while doing so questions, think of a party you have been
Goes around the class to check and offer help. to and answer the questions (individually
Task 2 (10ms) work)
- Put Ss in pairs and tell them to tell each other Tell your party to your friend
about the party they have been to, base on the (pairwork)
outlines they have made in task1
-T asks some sts to retell the parties which -Someone can report it in front of the
he/she took class
- Call some ss to perform their conversations Sts make some questions and answers
in front of the class with the words (groups )on the posters

3. task 3(10ms)
You are take part in a competition to organize - where (home or restaurant)
56
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
the best party.Decide on the following - when (date & time)
-T moves around and asks sts to have answers - who to invite (family, relatives,
-T can ask and answer together classmates, teacher, friends)
*Make questions: - dressing code (former, informer,
- budget: How much do you spend for your costumes)
party? - entertainment (dance,music, games)
- date and time: When do you organize your - decorations (colored light, bulbs,
party? flowers)
- who to invite: Who have been invited to the - food and drink (cook our own or order)
party? How many people do you invite to the - budget (how much to spend?how much
party? to contribute?)
-place:Where do you organize your party?
Formal/informal: What kind of clothes do
you dress at the party?
- decoration: How do you decorate your
party?
- entertaiment: What activities will take
place?
-food and drink: What food and drink will be
served?
4. Task 4 (6ms)
Tell the rest of the class about your party.try to Sts of groups go to bb and repport the
convince them tocome party they are going to organize
-T checks and gives feedback *Example:
We are having a Holloween party at
7p.m on October 31.Would you like to
come?We have also invited English
57
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
teacher . There will be lot of foof and
drink that you like as pizzas, hambugers,
cake, fruit juice.Of course there will be
dancing and some exciting game with
enteresting prizes for the winners
Assigns homework: (1ms) Home work
-write a paragragh for 50 words , talk
about the birthday party
-prepare the next lesson : Listening

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:15 listenING
Class Teaching date Absentees
11A

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to listen and choose exact
information to do exercises and to talk about the party
Language focus
* Vocabulary: Gathering / restaurant / prizes / birthday cakes/ decorated / icing/
slices/ clapped.
58
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
* Skill: Listening
II. Method and Tecniques: - Communicative approach ,
- T/F statements, ask and answer,pre-questions,discussion
III. teaching aids: text book, handout, poster., real objects
IV. Procedures
Warm up: (5ms) Checking the previous lesson:
-Talk about the birthday party you know /see/ (where ,when, food and drink,
decoration…)
New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
1. before you Listen (10ms)
Lets the students work in pairs to ask and -sts ask and answer the questions
answer the questions.

59
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
1. When do you like to organize your
birthday party, during the day or in the Pair work
evening?
2. What kinds of food and drink are often
served at your birthday party?
3. What activities do you often have at your
birthday party?
Pre-teach vocabulary:
Get students to listen and repeat some words
that will appear in the listening passage.
T explain the meaning to sts Listen and repeat in chorus and individually
T calls some Ss to answer the questions and
explain their reasons.
T checks with the class.
Elicits the meaning of these words from
students and correct if necessary.
Listen and take note
- Gathering = coming together
- icing (n): sweet, creamy spread for

Plays the tape, asking students to listen to covering cakes


how the words are pronounced and repeat - clap (v, n): vçtay
after the tape. Listen and repeat
2. while you Listen (20ms)
Task 1:
Set scene: we are going to listen to the tape
about Mai’s birthday party and decide
whether the statements are True or False.
60
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Gets students to read statements in task one
carefully before listening and predict what
they may hear about Mai’s birthday party.
Plays tape one for the students to listen and
do the task. Sts read through the sentences and predict it
Checks the answer with the whole class. If T or F(whole class)
many students cannot answer the questions,
play the tape again and pause at the answer. sts listen to the tape
Calls some students to explain their answers.
Gives the feedback
The correct answers
1. False (not in the evening – about 3
o’clock in the afternoon)
2. False ( not over 20 guests – about twenty
of us)
3. False ( not was cut at the beginning – at
about four thirty p.m)
Task 2: 4. True
Gets students to read through all the 5. False (not all the friends – only Mai, her
questions before listening and predicts the mother and the writer)
answers. - Read through all the questions before
Plays the tape again for students to listen and listening and predicts the answers.
answer the questions. - Listen to the tape and answer the
Gets students to check their answers with a questions.
partner. - Compare the answers with a partner
Checks the answers with the whole class Answers:

61
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
1. She was sixteen years old.
2. Because it’s noisy and expensive
3. She served them soft drink and biscuits at
the beginning of the party.
4. The birthday cake was brought out at
about 4:30
-T checks and gives feed back
5. It was beautifully decorated with white
and pink icing and 16 colorful candles in the
middle
6. They clapped their hands eagerly and
sang “Happy birthday”.
3. AFTER you Listen (8ms)
7. It finished at about 6 in the evening
Gets the students to work in groups, retell
- Give the talk to class base on task1 +2
Mai’s birthday party.
*Answer the key:
T goes around the class and offer help if
We just were at the Mai’s, It was her
necessary.
birthday party and the party was held at her
- It was held at Mai’s place.
house at about 3 p.m because she doesn’t
- It lasted about 3 hours (3-6 p.m.).
like having party at a restaurant .We gave
- About 20 guests came.
her presents .At the party we were served
- Mai opened gifts, you played chess, then with soft drinks biscuits and cakes of course
Mai cut cake. we sang the usual song “HAPPY
Calls one or two students to give the talk to BIRTHDAY “ while Mai blow out the
class candles and cutting the cake. We listened to
rewrite about Mai’s birthday party the music and play cards, the party ended at
six p.m. We are all tired but happy.
Homework: (2ms)

62
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
-Do exercises part D –writing in the text
book
-Prepare the next lesson: writing

Period:16 writING

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to know how to write a letter of
invitation
Language focus
*grammar: present tense
*skill: writing a letter
II. Method and Tecniques: - Communicative approach ,
- Gap-filling, ask and answer, write it up
III. teaching aids: text book, handout, poster., real objects
IV. Procedures:
WARM - UP: (5'-7')Competition game
The jumbled letter

1. This is my address: 150A Au Co Road.


2. It’s a beautiful house and it looks over the West Lake and the Water Park.
3. Dear Mary,
4. Guess what! I’ve just moved to a new house in Tay Ho District.
5. Would you like to come?
6. Please let me know your answer as soon as possible
7. See you

63
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
8. My parents are giving a house-warming party this Saturday evening, around 6:30 p.m.
9. Hoa
10. 1 think Chris and Kim are coming, too.
11. We’ll have “Pho” and some other special dishes.
Answer:
Dear Mary,
Guess what! I’ve just moved to a new house in Tay Ho District. It’s a beautiful house and it
looks over the West Lake and the Water Park.. My parents are giving a house-warming
party this Saturday evening, around 6:30 p.m. We’ll have “Pho” and some other special
dishes Would you like to come? I think Chris and Kim are coming, too. This is my address:
150A Au Co Road. Please let me know your answer as soon as possible.
See you!
Hoa
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
Task 1 (12') Sts can answer some questions of T, it is up
Asks some questions: to sts
1.How many parts are there in a letter? - 5 parts: address, greeting, body. Closing and
what are they? signature(post cript)
2.Have you ever written a letter of - It’s up to the sts
invitation ?
3. Is a letter of invitation long or short? - It’s up to you
4. On what occasion are parties held? - Birthday parties, wedding parties, death…..
5. What kind of clothes do people often - Formal dress
wear at a party? Occasions for giving parties: birthday,
-T gives feedback graduation, wedding anniversary, moving to a
new house, family gathering, Christmas, New

64
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Year, etc.
Dressing codes: Formal: dresses, high-heel
shoes for women; suits and ties for men
Informal: anything can do: jeans, T—shirt,
skirts, etc.
Presents give to: anything can do: books,
CDs, flowers, scarves, ties, paperweights,
pens, bags, hats, etc. Sometimes people might
Task 2: (8')
want to bring wine as a gift.
-T asks sts to read the letter and choose
-Sts work in groups or work in pairs
the correct words to fill in the gap
The correct answers:
* T asks sts to complete the letter with
1. at my house 4. to cook
provided words from the box.
2. to come 5. winners
* T walks around to give help when
3. refreshments 6. by Monday
necessary.
T corrects mistakes if necessary
Task 3 (16ms)
T asks sts write a letter of
invitation based on the suggested questions
Work individually
in the tasks:
T asks one st to read his/ her own letter
*Example:
then gives remarks.
I’m going to hold a party for my birthday
1. What kind of party are you going to
party at my house at 5 p.m, on March the
have?
fifteen .Will you come ?Most of the students
2. Where and when is he going to organize
in our class have been invited .Everyone is
it?
ready for ;karaoke”, dancing ,etc.I thik it will
3. Who have been invited to his party?
be interesting .And besides usual foods and
65
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
4. What foods and drinks will be served at drinks there will be a special I myself am
the party? going to look
5. What activities will take places at the So do say you’ll come .I’m looking forward
party? to seeing you at my party
Your friend
Ha Giang
Assigns homework: Home work:
-Rewrite the letter in your notebook
-Prepare “Language focus”

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:17 + 18 language focus + review 1


Class Teaching date Absentees
11A

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson ,ps will be able to:


- pronounce the sounds:/l/, /r/ ,/h/ correctly in a word or a sentence
- use infinitive and gerund ,passive infinitive and gerund
Language Focus: *pronunciation: /h/, /r/, /l/
*grammar: Infinitive and gerund, passive infinitive and gerund
*skill: 4 skills
II. Method and Tecniques: - Communicative approach ,
- Gap-filling multiple choice
66
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
III. teaching aids: text book, handout, poster., real objects
IV. Procedures:
New Lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
I. Pronunciation (10ms)
a. Practise the words: - Ss listen to the tape and repeat
T introduces 3 sounds /h/, /r/, /l/ for a few - Ss repeat in individually
times and explains the differences in NOTES:
pronouncing them + Letter “h” is silent when it follows “g,
/l/ /r/ /h/ k, g” at the beginning of the word, or in
lunch pretty hit the words "honest, hour, honour"
lovely everyone house + Letter “r” is silent if there is no vowel
lemonade parents holiday sound after it
Jelly really hospital + Letter “l” is silent in the words “ half,
glass restaurant husband calm, talk, could
salad library Read aloud the given sentences and
helocopter underline words contain 3 sounds /h/, /r/,/l/
T asks Ss to work in pairs and take turn to
read aloud the given sentences (p. 39, Read individually
Practise these sentences).
T goes around to listen and takes notes of the
typical errors. *Gerund (V-ing)

T calls some Ss to read the sentences again. Là hình thức động từ được sử dụng như

II. Grammar: (33ms) một danh từ và có chức năng giống như

*Review infinitive , To –infinitive một danh từ

*Infinitive (meaning in the future) - Subject (chủ ngữ): Smoking is bad for

*V-ing (meaning in the past) health


67
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Asks Ss work in groups to divide the list of - Object (t©n ng÷):
verbs into 2 groups: verbs followed by INF -Sau một số từ: enjoy, appreciate, mind,
and verbs followed by Gerund risk, postpone, quit, avoid, dislike, keep,
enjoy, plan, appreciate, decide, mind, finish, mention, consider, suggest, delay
refuse, risk, postpone, quit, agree, seem, - Sau giới từ:
avoid, ask, dislike, keep, offer, finish, - Sau một số cụm từ:
promise, intend, delay, consider, suggest, It’s no good, It’s(not) worth,it’s not any
mention, hope good/use
Answer: - Subject complement (bổ ng÷ cho chủ
Verbs followed by INF: plan, ng÷)
decide, refuse, agree, seem, ask, offer, + His interest is colecting stamps
promise, intend, hope, want -Sau một số từ với Have:have (any),
Verbs followed by Gerund: problem, have fun, have a good time, have
enjoy, appreciate, mind, risk, postpone, quit, trouble, have diffficult, have a hard time
avoid, dislike, keep, finish, mention, - Verb + infinitive or Gerund with a
consider, suggest, delay different meaning
+ stop, remember, forget, regret, try, mean,
go on
Exercise 1: ( 39, 40) Work in pairs
Asks ss to practise with pairwork Answers:
Calls ss to present their answers 1. having 2. getting
T gives feedback 3. to tell 4. practising
T uses examples to introduce passive 5. to see
infinitive and passive gerund Listen and take note
*Passive infinitive and gerund (10ms) Passive infinitive:
Ex: I want to tell you a story (active) *Form:
SI+want
wantto/ hope
be told a story
/ expect (passive)
/ agree+ (o) + to-
infinitive (active)
68
= S + want / hope / expect / agree + to
be+PP (passive)
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

T uses examples to introduces passive


infinitive and passive gerund
*passive rerund: passive rerund:
I remember Mr Nam telling him that matter Take note
= I remember him being told that matter by * Form:
MrS Nam
+ enjoy / dislike / avoid….+ V-ing
Exercise
(active)2 : ( p. 40)
Asks
S + ss to practise
enjoy with
/ di)slike pairwork being
/ avoid….+
Calls
+ PP ss(passive)
to present their answers
T checks with the whole class and provides
corrective feedback. Work in pairs
Exercise 3 (P.41) Answer:
T gets Ss to do Exercise 3 individually and 1.B 2.A 3.B 4.B 5. A
then find a partner to check their answers Work individually and then find a partner
with. to check their answers with.
T checks with the whole class and provides Answer:
corrective feedback. 1. D 2.C 3.B 4.B 5.C
Listen

WRAPPING UP (2ms)
T summarises the main points of the lesson. Home work:
- Learning the given verbs by heart
For homework, Ss review the uses of
- Reviewing Units 1,2,3 to prepare for the
different tenses that have been covered in the
test : TEST YOURSELF A
lesson.
Assigns homework

69
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:19 Review : Test yourself a


Class Teaching date Absentees
11A

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to practise 4 skills ,grammar and
phonetics by themself
Language Focus: *Vocabulary: virtually, prominently, grinning,
*Grammar: Infinitive and gerund, passive infinitive and gerund
*skill: 4 skills
II. Method and Tecniques: - Communicative approach ,
- Gap-filling multiple choice
III. teaching aids: text book, handout, poster., real objects
IV. Procedures:
I.Warm up: Sing a song “Happy birthday”(3ms)
II.New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES

1-Listening (10ms)
*Listen and choose the best answer Ss listen to T or the tape and choose A, B, C or
complete the sentences: D to complete the sentences
(from 1 to 5 at page 42)

70
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
-T checks and gives the feed back The answers:
1. A. 25 years
2. D. Lived next door to each other
3. B. move to Scotland
4. D.1999
5. C. at Jame’s wedding
2. Reading: (11ms)
-T asks some questions Answer
1. Who are they? *Vocabulary:
2. What are they doing? - virtually (adv) :
3. Whose is the party? - prominently (adv)
-T asks Ss to read the text in silently and - ought (n)
answer the questions ss work in pairs
Calls ss to present their answers. *Answer the questions:
1.Because they had been childless ten years
after they got married
2. To take some photos of the happy family
3. The boy was dressed in a smart ,brand ,new
ought and look like a little prince
4. Because he was only interested in the toys
(he had received)
5.He felt it was a delightful and look forward to
3. Pronunciation and grammar the next day to have the film developed
(15ms) -Ss work in individually and do the exercises
a, Listen and put the tick ( ) in the right
column, paying attention to the -Ss work in groups and do the exercise
pronunciation of the underlined part of the party
71
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
the world
1. nine * mine
2. hour* house
3. matching* machine
4.yam* jam
-Ss work in individually the compare the
b, Complete the sentences , using the
answers with a partner
right form (base, full or passive) of the
Answers:
infinitive in brackets
1 to see 2.to be
(from 1 to 6 at page. 45)
3.to phone 4.pay
-T checks and gives the feedback
5.to be met 6.To be appointed
4.Writing (9ms) Write about their birthday party by answering
Asks Ss to write about their birthday
these questions
party (or one of their friends’)
+ Whose birthday party was it?
- After they have finished T picks up
+Where and when was it held?
some Ss’ writing and find common
+What did you do there?
mistakes then asks Ss to correct
+How did you enjoy it?

5.Home work (2ms)


Do all the exercises in the book in the
text book again
prepare unit 4

V. EXPERIENCE

72
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

I.Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others:
1. A. singer B. change C. generous D. manager
2. A. capable B. loyalty C. quality D. family
3. A.hostess B.honour C. happy D. helpful
II. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form: infinitive with to or infinitive without
to:
1. She finally decided …………….. …..( quit) the job.
2. Did the teacher make you ……………….. ( finish) your homework?
3.We must …………… …..( reply) to the invitation at once.
4. Bill’s parrents won’t let him …………. …….(go) to the party.
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form: infinitive or gerund, active or
passive:
1. The company seems ………….. ………..( make) good progress this year.
2. Why does John keep ………………………… ( talk) about his mother?
3. I expected …………………… ( invite) to Nam’s birthday party, but I wasn’t.
4. He denied ………………………….. ( pay) any money by his company.
IV. Put the verbs into Past Simple, Past Progressive, or Past Perfect:
1. When I ……………………. ( do) the washing – up, I ………………. ( break) a
plate.

73
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
2. After Fred ………….. ………( spend) his holiday in Italy, he ………….. . ( want) to
learn Italian.
V. Choose the best correct answer:
1. I used to have some …………… in my teenage. Now it looks funny thinking of that!
A. parties B. friends C. idols D. experiences
2. Young students are often …………… of working for long hour by themselves.
A. able B. hard C. possible D. incapable
3. The old couple are talking happily because they are having their wedding…………….
A. birthday B. ceremony C. anniversary D. organization
4.Good friendship should be based on …………… understanding.
A. unselfish B. deep C. instant D. mutual
5. They asked him why he hadn’t learnt to swim ……….. he was at school.
A. after B. while C. during D. whenever

Period:20 Reading

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to:


+ know about charity work of volunteer in America
+ master some vocab dealing with the topic through speaking and writing
Language Focus: *Vocabulary: volunteer work, mow, handicapped, remote ……
*Grammar: present
*Skill: 4 skills
II. Method and Tecniques:
-Communicative approach ,
-gap-filling multiple choice, discussion
74
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
III. teaching aids: text book, handout, poster., real objects
IV. Procedures:
*Warm up: (5’)

T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
T: Show Ss some pictures and ask them ss answer in individually
questions: 1. He is helping the blind children to read.
What are the people in the pictures doing? 2. The Ss are helping the handicapped.
3. These people are helping the AIDS patient.
T: Lead-in : These people are doing the Ss: Listen to the teacher and answer the
work without being paid for it.What do question
you call this kind of work ? ( Expected answer ) : VOLUNTEER WORK
I/ Before you read : (7ms) Discussing the picture and saying :
T: Asks Ss to work in pairs to read the - The old woman is teaching the boy to read.
short poem on page 46 and answer the - The phrase means that we should teach a
question and discuss its meaning. person how to make money or produce food
rather than give them money or food. In other
T: Calls some Ss to present their opinion. words, we had better teach them a career than
T: Gives some comments and her give them money.
suggestion - The pictures tells me that everybody , no
75
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
matter what they are young or old, can do
: volunteer work.
Elicits new words from Ss . Ask them to vocabulary :
read the words in chorus then in -volunteer (v) tình nguyện
individually. -voluntary (adj): tự nguyện
-volunteering (n):sự tự nguyện
-voluntarism (n):việc làm tự nguyện
-to mow (v): cut grass: cắt cỏ
-handicapped (a):bị tàn tật , bị khuyết tật
II/ While you read (24’) -voluntarily (adv)
T: Set the scene: “ You are going to read -remote (a): xa xôi , hẻo lánh
a passage about volunteer work.” -comfort to s.o: an ủi ai
T instructs Ss to read through the Ss: Listen to the teacher.
sentences provided in the task to identify TASK1:
the part of the word to fill in each blank. Ss: Do following the teacher’s requirement.
T: Asks Ss to work individually to do the
task and exchange their answers with Ss: Work individually and exchange their
others. answers with others.
T: Asks Ss for their answers ans give the
correct. Ss: Listen to the teacher. Locate the
T: Asks Ss how to do this task. If they do information in each sentence in the text and
not remember ,T may instruct them to use read this part carefully.Read the four choices
some strategies to do the task. given to choose the most suitable one.
T: Asks Ss to work individually to do the
task,then discuss their answers with their
partner.
T: Calls some Ss to give their answers Ss: Do following the teacher ‘s requirement.
76
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
and ask other Ss to say whether they Ss: Give the answers.
agree or disagree. 1. Voluntary
T: Give sfeedback and the correct 2. Voluntarily
answers. 3. Volunteers
4. Volunteered
T: Instructs Ss to use some strategies to TASK 2:
do the task. Ss: Do following the teacher’s requirement.
T: Asks Ss to work individually to do the Ss: Do the task individually and discuss.
task,then discuss their answers with their Ss: Write the answers on the board and explain.
peers. ANSWERS:
T: Calls some Ss to write their answers on 1. A ( line 1 – 2 , paragraph 2 )
the board and ask them to explain their 2. D ( line 3 – 4 , paragraph 2 )
choices. 3. B. ( line 3 – 4 , paragraph 4 )
T: Gives the correct answers. 4. D. ( last paragraph
5. B. ( A : too general; C and D : do not cover
T: Instrucst Ss to use some strategies to the whole text )
do the task TASK 3 :
T: Asks Ss to work individually to do the Ss: Do following the teacher’s requirement.
task,then discuss their answers with their Ss: Do the task individually and discuss.
peers. Ss: Write the answers on the board and explain.
T: Calls on some Ss to write their answers Answers
on the board and ask them to explain their 1. They read books to the people there,play
choices. games with them or listen to their problems.
-T checks and corrects and then gives the 2. They give care and comfor to them and help
feedback them to overcome their difficulties
3. They volunteer to work in remote or
mountainous areas.
77
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Ss: Discuss the question.
III/ After you read (9’) Ss: Share the ideas.
T: Ask Ss to work in pairs to discuss the
questions in the book.
T: Go around to help Ss when necessary.
Ask every two pairs to share ideas. Home work :
T: Calls some Ss to report their ideasto Write a passage (about 50 words ) about some
the class. kinds of volunteer work that you are going to
Assigns homework join next summer.

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:21 Speaking
Class Teaching date Absentees
11A

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to:


- know to make questions and answer the volunteer work
- master some vocab dealing with the topic through speaking and writing
II. Language Focus:
*Vocabulary: volunteer work, mow, handicapped ,remote
*grammar: present
78
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
*skill: 4 skills
III. Method and Tecniques
-Communicative approach, gap-filling multiple choice, discussion
IV. teaching aids:
text book, handout, poster., real objects
V.Procedures:
*Check up:
-Tell some works of volunteers? who are volunteers? why do they do volunteer works?
who are helped by volunteers?
Have you ever done volunteer work? what do you do if you are a volunteer?
-Do you like this work? why?
Ss answer the questions of T
* New lesson:
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
-Ss work in groups and write the answer on the
Warmer: (3mn)write some bb
volunteer works you know in our -Sts’ answers may vary
society Clean up the
environment
T asks students to speak out some words help disadvantag
about Volunteer work. look after the
Volunte
er old/sick peolpe
works
helped the
handcapped
do traffic safety help the orphanages
T has students do the exercise on page
49 (Work in pairs) Work in pairs and do the task.
79
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Task 1:Decide which of the following - Read out the answers and explain why some
activities are volunteer work. activities are not volunteer work
taking part in an excursion and -Helping people in remote or mountainous
participating in an speaking English areas .
club because you do it for yourself not -Giving care and comfort to the poor and the
for other peolpe. sick.
-Providing education for disadvantaged
children.
-Joining the Green Saturday Movement.
-Providing clothes , foods, ……for the poor.
-Cleaning up rivers.
-Helping the poor to improve their economy.
-Establing some programmes to give the
money to the poor to survive.
-Taking care of war invalids and the families of
martyrs
-Taking part in directing the traffic
-Helping elderly people
3. Task 2 -Teaching the children to read and write
- T asks Ss to read the model -Giving them money
conversation on the page 50. then read -Playing game with them
the list of volunteer activities and the -Listening to their problems
exact things related to them. -Cleaning up their houses
- T elicits and explains some new words -Cooking meals
+ War invalid: th¬ng binh -Taking them to places of interest
+ Martyr: LiÖt sü -Directing vehicles at the interactions
+ Intersection: ng· ba, ng· t -Helping old people and young children to
80
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- T guides Ss to match the activities on cross the road
the left with corresponding activities on -Talking to them about clean water and right
the right food
- T asks Ss to practise the conversation. Conversation 1: (work in pairs)
- Calls on some pairs to act out A: What kind of volunteer work are you
- T elicits feed from the class and gives participating in?
final comments B: We’re helping people in mountainous areas.
A :What exactly are you doing ?
Conversation 2: B: We’re teaching the children to read and
A: what kind/ volunteer work/ you write.
/participating ? // A: Do you enjoy the work ?
B: we/ helping/ elderly people// B :Yes. I like helping people.
A: what exactly/ you/ doing ?// - listen to T carefully.
B: we/ talking/ clean water/ right food/
health// - Read through the example to know how to
A:you/ like/ work ?// talk about the volunteer activities.
B:yes. I/ like/ taking/ elderly people// - work in groups and make the same talks.
4. Task 3:
-T instructs: Now you work in groups to - Act out the talk.Task 3: Work in groups
talk about a kind of volunteer work Talk about a kind of volunteer work your
- T asks Ss to read through the example friends usually do to help people.
in the book. T encourages Ss to use Example: (page 50)
transition signals such as also, besides,
moreover ……. *We usually take part in helping people in
- T gets sts to work in groups to make mountainous areas. We teach the children to
similar talks. read and write .We enjoy the work very much
- T goes around the class to observe and because we like helping people.
81
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
collect errors
- T calls on some Ss to talk about the
activities they take part.
- T gives feedback and comments. Homework:
Summarizes the main points and assigns Short dialogues : Volunteer Work
homework -Helping adults in Home for Old People
and asks sts if they are volunteer -Helping people to repair houses in flooded
work

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:22 listening

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to:


+ Listen and answer questions relating to volunteer work of one high school in Vietnam.
+ Improve listening skill by using pictures and exercises
+ Summarize the story through some cues

82
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
II. Language Focus:
* Vocabulary: volunteer work, mow, handicapped ,remote
* skill : Listening comprehension
*grammar: present
III. Method and Tecniques:-Communicative approach ,
-gap-filling multiple choice, discussion
IV. teaching aids: textbook, casette, tape, handout, poster., real objects, walk-man, ,
songs, pictures
V. Teaching procedures :
- Check lesson

T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES

A. Warm up activities : ( 5’ )
1. T shows any pieces of song and asks Sts to - Sts work in groups
guess the name and the composer of the songs
(1): Tinh ca - Hoang Viet composer - The leader of each group will listen to
(2): Ha Noi mua thu – Vu Thanh and give the most exactly and quickly
composer answer
(3): Mua He Xanh – Vu Hoang composer
* T shows some pictures related to Mua He
Xanh activities

“Mua He Xanh” song  volunteer


83
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
work
BEFORE YOU LISTEN : (5’)
1. How often do you support charities? ** New words :
2. What’s the best way of raising money to 1. Organization for Education
support charities? Development
3. Which of these kinds of volunteer work 2. Spring School
do you prefer? 3. co-operate (v) : to work together with
* The teacher presents the new words on the sb else in order to achieve sth
board. 4. disadvantaged children (n) = poor
* Ask Sts to listen & repeat the new words (pay children
attention to the pronunciation of these words) 5. fund-raising
6. co-ordinate (v)
7. regularly attend classes
8. to be held annually
Read Task 1 silently in order to
understand the sentence meaning and
guess the missing information
Listen Sts listen to the tape twice to do
B. WHILE YOU LISTEN : (20’) the task 1. Then, listen again to check
Task 1 : Listen and fill in the missing information
information - Individual work
T asks Sts to read Task 1 silently in order to Answers :
understand the sentence meaning and guess the 1. informal
missing information 2. 30 street children
* T plays the tape several times if necessary 3. 250 children (with special difficulties)
* Calls some Ss to read aloud their answers. 4. 1998
* Correct mistakes 5. volunteers, June
84
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Whole class
Sts listen to the tape again to answer the
questions
Task 2 : Answer the questions - Individual work ( give the answer on
* Ask Sts to read silently in order to understand BB)
the questions and find the answers. Answers :
* Play the tape once again. 1.It provides classes to disadvantaged
* check their own answers children in HCMC
* Correct mistakes. 2.Dance, theater, singing and circus
classes were set up in 1999
3.Because they need money to continue
their English and Performance Arts
classes
4.Because they need help to organize
their fundraising dinner held annually in
June

AFTER YOU LISTEN : - pairs work


Summarize the story about Spring School,
using the following suggestions :
Some cues :
-The aim of Spring School - whole class
-The number of children who live and study at
the school or attend classes - Model the discussion in front of the
-The activities the children at the school tale class
part in
85
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
-The kinds of volunteers that Spring School HOMEWORK :
requires In not more than 100 words write about
* Call some pairs talk aloud in front of class. Mua He Xanh activities held in Ho Chi
* Correct their answers and pronunciation Minh city
mistakes if necessary - Prepare Writing
Assigns homework

VI. EXPERIENCE:

Period:23 writing (writing a formal letter expressing gratitude)

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to:Writing a letter to express
gratitude
Language Focus:*Vocabulary: gratitude , receipt, isssue, assistance
*skill : writing comprehension
*grammar: present
II. Method and Tecniques
-Communicative approach ,
- gap-filling multiple choice, discussion, Ro and R, write it up
III. teaching aids
text book, handout, poster., real objects
+ Teaching aids : Textbook, posters
86
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
+ Approach : Communicative approach
IV. Teaching procedures :
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
WARM UP:
- Asks Ss some questions about their - Answer freely
situations:
1/ Have you ever received a donation? When?
From whom?
2/ What did you do then?
3/ Did you write a letter for thanks?
Task 1
Asks some questions: Answer
1. How many parts are there in a letter? - Address, greeting,opening, body, closing,
signature.
2.What do we normally write in the greeting? - Dear Sir/ Madam, Dear……
3. What do we normally write in the closing? - Yours Faithfully, / Yours sincerely
- Asks Ss to read the letter and underline the - Do the task 1:
sentences that express the points: - Read and take notes:
* The opening of the letter - “Dear Sir /Madam”
* The donated amount - “I am very …..some days ago”
* The way the money is used - “The money will…..students”
* The way the receipt is issued - “We will certainly…possiple”
* The gratitude to the donor - “I would like………company”
* The closing of the letter - “ I look …..faithfully”
Instructs ss some sructures: Write down
- S + be + adjective + to + infinitive
- To receive sth from sb/sth
87
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Task 2 - Would like + to infinitive
- Three parts of a letter.(picture) - To hope + to infinitive + for sth
- Asks Students to do task 2 ; - First : the opening
Give outline: - Second: the body of the letter
* ( the points in task 1) - Third: Conclusion/The closing
gets SS to read letter again and remind them to pay
attention to some structures that they can use in writing
- Writing
a in pairs.
letter of thanks. - Some students write their letters on the
I’m very happy to………… blackboard.
I’m very glad to………….
I can’t say how happy I am about…… - Students rewrite the letter (task 1)
I’d like to thank you for…………….. Tra Linh,
I’m very grateful to you for………… 20 October 2009
I can’t find words to express my thanks. Dear Sir / Madam,
I have no words to express my gratitude.
I’m very happy to receive a donation of
I’d like to express my heart-fell gratitude to
one million dong from your organization a
(sb) for
few days ago.I think money will help us to
build the school library for our students.
We will certainly issue the receipt as soon
as possible.
I would like to express our thanks for the
donation from your organization and to
get more hope assistance and cooperation
from your organization in the future.
I look forward to hearing from you soon.
Yours faithfully,

88
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Le Thi Thanh

Homework: Teacher asks SS to


prepare part 5 Language focus

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:24 language focus


Class Teaching date Absentees
11A

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to:


- Identify the sounds /w/ and /j/
- Review and comparing the use of Gerund and Present Participle
- use of Perfect Gerund and Perfect Participle
Language Focus:
*skill : writing comprehension
*grammar: perfect gerund and present participle

89
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
II. Method and Tecniques: Communicative approach, gap-filling multiple choice,
discussion, work group, pair work,
III. Teaching aids: text book, handout, poster., real objects
IV. Teaching procedures :
T’ACTIVITIES STS’ACTIVITIES
A. Pronunciation: (10’)
1. Listen and repeat: Listen and repeat
Demonstrates the two sounds /w/ and /j/ by
/w/ /j/
pronouncing them clearly and slowly.
we wheel yes years
Plays the tape and ask students to repeat
west wet yellow use
Calls some students to repeat the sounds
wine whale young York
clearly in front of the class
Asks students to work in pairs to practice the
words
Goes around the class and helps students if
necessary
2. Practise reading aloud these sentences:
Plays the tape and ask students to repeat
Listen and repeat
Calls some students to repeat the sentences
1.We went for a walk in the woods near the
clearly in front of the class
railway
Asks students to work in pairs to practices
2.We wore warm clothes and walked
the sentences
quickly to keep warm
Goes around the class and help students if
3.At about twelve, we had veal sandwiches
necessary
and sweet white wine, and we watched TV
4.Excuse me. Did you use to live in York ?
5.Did you use to be a tutor at the
University?
90
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
6.I read about Hugh in the newspaper
B. Grammar: yesterday
1. Simple gerund and present participle:
- Gives 2 examples Have a survey and take note
1. They are dancing Present participle and Gerund
2. Dancing bored him Form : V-ing
Asks student to distinguish between a Use : - Present participle: a verb-ing forms
present participle and a gerund used as an adjectives,
Teacher can give more examples to - Gerund: a verb-ing form used as a noun (it
demonstrate his explanation can be used as a subject, object or
complement of a verb, after prepositions,
Asks students to complete the sentences after certain verbs.
with an appropriate gerund of the verbs EXERCISE 1:
Pairwork
from the box
Suggested answers:
Asks some students to read aloud their
1. listening 5. spending
sentences to class.
2. bending 6. waiting
Gives the correct answers
3. behaving 7. starting
4. meeting
Asks students to complete the sentences
EXERCISE 2:
with an appropriate gerund of the verbs
do Exercise individually and then compare
from the box
their answers with another student.
Asks some students to read aloud their
Suggested answers:
sentences to class.
1. burning, rising
Gives the correct answers
2. reading
3. lying
4. shopping
5. preparing

91
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
6. trying
7. modernizing
2. Perfect gerund and perfect participle:
Gives 2 examples Have a survey and take note
1. He was accused of having deserted his Perfect Participle and Perfect Gerund
ship two months ago Form : Having + pp
2. Having failed twice, he didn’t want to try Use : + Perfect participle: used to reduce a
again cause
Asks student to distinguish between a emphasizing the action happening before the
perfect participle and a perfect gerund . other.
use: + the Perfect participle can be used instead of the + Perfect gerund: used to refer an action
present participle when one action is immediately
followed by another with the same subject coming before another.
(Ph©n tõ hoµn thµnh cã thÓ ®c dïng thay cho hiÖn t¹i
ph©n tõ trong c©u cã 2 hµnh ®éng x¶y ra liªn tiÕp nhau
cïng mét chñ ng÷)
+ The Perfect participle emphasizes the the first
action is complete before the second one starts
(Ph©n tõ hoµn thµnh cßn nhÊn m¹nh hµnh ®éng
thø nhÊt hoµn thµnh tríc khi hµnh ®éng thø hai b¾t
®Çu)
+ The Perfect participle is necessary when there is
an interval( kho¶ng t/g) of time between the two
actions
(NhÊt thiÕt ph¶i dïng ph©n tõ hoµn thµnh khi cã 1
kho¶ng t/g gi÷a 2 hµnh ®éng)
+ It is also used when the first action covered a
period of time
(Nã ®c dïng khi hµnh ®éng ®Çu tiªn kÐo dµi trong
mét kho¶ng t/g) ex: Having been ill for a long time,
He appreciated his health more
Asks students to put the verbs in brackets
into the perfect gerund or perfect participle
Asks some students to read aloud their
sentences to class.
Asks them to answer which one is perfect
participle which one is perfect gerund and

92
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
explain why EXERCISE 3:

do Exercise individually and then compare


their answers with another student.
Gives the correct answers
Suggested answers:
1. having made
2. having been
3. having been
4. having tied
Assigns homework
5. having read - having taken
HOMEWORK:
- Redo exercise 1,2, 3
- Prepare for unit 5 ( Reading)

V. EXPERIENCE:

Tiết 25,26 Review

I. Choose the best answer to each question by circling (a), (b), (c), or (d).
1. “Would you like to spend the weekend with us?” They ______her to spend the
weekend with them.
a. advised b. ordered c. invited d. begged
2. “Could you open the window please?” She______ him to open the window.
a. reminded b. ordered c. asked d. warned
3. “Go to bed immediately!” Mary’s mother______ her to go to bed immediately.
a. advised b. begged c. asked d. ordered
4. “Don’t forget to post the letter!” He ______me to post the letter.
a. reminded b. ordered c. begged d. asked

93
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
5. “Park the car behind the van.” The instructor______ him to park the car behind the
van.
a. offered b. told c. asked d. ordered
6. “Please, please, turn down the radio!” Mark’s sister ______him to turn the radio
down.
a. reminded b. ordered c. asked d. begged
7. “Don’t play with the matches. They’re very dangerous.” The teacher______ the
children not to play with the matches.
a. ordered b. asked c. warned d. begged
8. “I’ll give you a lift to the airport.” Michelle______to give her husband a lift to the
airport.
a. refused b. offered c. asked d. begged
9. “I won’t lend you any more money.” Matthew______to lend me any more money.
a. offered b. asked c. refused d. invited
10. The teacher said to her student: “You need to study harder.” She______ him to
study harder.
a. asked b. advised c. ordered d. begged
II. Rewrite the sentences below, using the words in brackets
1. He said to her, “ Come to the party”. (persuade)
2. He said to me, “I’ll lend you some money.” (offer)
3. “All right. I’ll help you” Ba said to Minh (agree)
4. “ No, I won’t talk to a lawer”. Binh said (refuse)
5. “I’ll tell you the truth”. Thu said to Hoa. (promise)

Answers:
I. Choose the best answer to each question
1.c 3.d 5.b 7.c 9.c
2.c 4.a 6.d 8.b 10.b
II. Rewrite the sentences below, using the words in brackets
1. He persuaded her to come to the party.
2. He offered to lend me some money.
3. Ba agreed to help Minh.
4. Binh refusedto talk to a lawer.
5. Thu promised to tell Hoa The truth.

94
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Tiết 27,28 Mid-Term TEST + Mid_term TEST CORRECTION Đê chung

Period:29 reading
I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:Develop such reading micro-
skills as scanning for specific ideas and identifying meaning in context.
Use the information they have read to discuss the related topic.
II. Method and Tecniques:
- Communicative approach, gap- filling,
- Matching ,role play, discussion, work group, pair work,
III. Teaching aids: -Text books , posters. Handouts
IV. PROCEDURE :
T’s activities Ss’activities
Warm –up(5m)
- Get Ss to work in pairs, matching the 4 Pair work
given competition with the correct pictures a. Quiz: Road to Mount Olympia
on page 66 b. London Marathon
- Check the answer with the whole class c. Sao Mai Television Singing contest
- Get Ss to tell which of these competition d. Olympic Games
they like most and why. T gets Ss to name
some other competitions that they know or
have ever participated in and elicits their
comments on the events
I. Before you read(7m)
95
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Introduces the topic of the lesson and get pair work
Ss to work in pairs and answer the 1. Yes, Because I want to overcome myself
questions on page 67 2. Yes, I do. I like to win in Quiz:”Road to
- Calls some Ss to answer the questions. Mount Olympia”
Ask Ss to give reasons for their answers. T 3.No, it isn’t. Because I think the most
helps Ss to express their ideas important thing is having a chance to
participate in a competition, learning from
Guides Ss to read the new words other competitors and enjoy ourselves
Then asks Ss to guess what they are going Read in chorus
to read about
II. While you read
Set the scene: You are going to about a
school’s competition
Task 1(7m)
Get Ss to read the passage silently and then
do Task 1 St read the text and give answers to task 1
- Check the answers with the whole class (Individual work)
- Check Ss’ understanding all these words Compare the answers with a partner.
correctly by calling on some Ss to tell the Suggested answers:
meaning of the words in Vietnamese 1. d 2. f
3. e 4. c
5. b 6. a
Task 2(8m)
- Asks Ss skim the 6 questions to
understand them Individual work and pair work
- Asks them to read carefully the passage Suggested answers:
again 1. The representatives of three classes of the
96
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Then T gets Ss to check their answer with speaker’s school (line 1, paragraph 1).
a partner 2. The aim was to stimulate the spirit of
- Calls some Ss to read aloud their answer learning English• among students (lines 3-4,
and ask them to explain their choices paragraph 1).
- Gives the correct answers 3. The students’ Parents Society (line 4,
paragraph 1).
4. They had to complete 5 activities in all. On
completion of each activity, they had to
answer the questions in the worksheets within
2 minutes (lines 1-4, paragraph 2).
5. They had to observe and score the
students’ performance. A maximum score for
each activity was 15. At the end of the
competition they would announce the total
score of each group. The group that got the
highest scores will be the winner (lines 4-7,
paragraph 2).
6. A set of CDs for studying English and an
Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary (lines
Task 3 (8m)
8-9, paragraph 2).
- Asks Ss to read Paragraph 3 again and
complete the sentences
Read Paragraph 3 again and complete the
- Calls some Ss to write their answers on
sentences (group work)
the board and ask them to explain their
choices
Suggested answers:
1. ….to recite/complete the poem because
1. ….to recite/complete the poem because he
he could not remember the last sentence
97
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
2…..became the winner of the competition could not remember the last sentence
3. …60 points 2…..became the winner of the competition
4. …..” For me the important thing was our 3. …60 points
participation in the competition and the 4. …..” For me the important thing was our
enjoyment we had from it” participation in the competition and the
III. After you read(7m) enjoyment we had from it”
- T reads the poem aloud once or twice and
get Ss to repeat each line after her/him
- Lets Ss practice reciting the poem in their
own groups Group work
- Calls different groups to read the poem Patter ['pætə]: tiếng tí tách, tiếng lộp độp
and ask the class to decide who the best (mưa rơi)
performers are Window –pane /'windou'pein/ ô kính cửa sổ
- Asks them to translate the poem into
Vietnamese
Consolidation and homework(3m)
- T summarises the main point of the lesson Whole class
- Asks Ss to learn by heart the new words Homework
and make sentences from them. learn by heart the new words and make
sentences from them
Prepare for SPEAKING

V. EXPERIENCE:

98
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

Period:30 speaking

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to give their own opinions of
competition at school and to talk about some activities after obsering
Language Focus:
* Vocabulary: cheat, enforec, strict, low-income
* structure:simple present tense
* skill: Speaking
II. Method and Tecniques
- Communicative approach ,Integrated, mainly communicative
- Matching, role play, discussion, work group, pair work,
III. Teaching aids:
- Some pictures of competition
- Textbook, posters text book, handout, poster., real objects
IV. procedures:
I)Check up:
1.Tell some names of competitions?
2.What was the aims of the competition ?
3.Who sponsored the competition?
4.Read the poem and translate it into Vietnamese
T’s activities Ss’activities
99
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Task 1(10m)
individual work and pair work compare with
-Introduces the task and gets Ss to do it
their partners
individually
ex:
- Explains the meaning of the new words.
My partner likes…..but I dislike it
- Calls different pairs to report their
Both of us like/dislike…..
answers. T should encourage them to
Neither my partner nor I like…..
explain why they like or dislike a
Neither of us like……..
game/constest and help them to express
their ideas when necessary
Task 2(10m)
- Introduces the task and call on one or two read aloud the sample dialogue
pairs of Ss to read aloud the sample Ex2
dialogue A:What do you think of English Competition?
- Asks Ss to read the useful expression on B: Oh, it’s interesting.It’s an opportunity to
page 69 and explain the new words test my English
- Gives more structures: Ex3:
Asking for opinions: A: What do you think of Art Competition?
What do you think about..? B: Oh, It’s boring.It’s makes me feel sleepy
What’Ss your opinion about……/
How do you feel about…?
Do you like..?
Task 3(15m)
- Put Ss in groups of 3 or 4. T tells each Work in groups of 3 or 4.
group to choose a famous TV game or *Example:
competion and work out details about it T: Can you tell me something about the
- Go around to check and offer help competitions you are talking about?
- After Ss have finished, T call on each Ss:Sure, We can .What would you like to
100
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
group to come the front. The whole class know?
will ask questions about the game/contest T: Where and when did you take part in it?
and guess what game, constest it is. Ss: I saw it on TV Last night?
T: What type of Competitions or contest was
it?
Ss: well it was an English Speaking
Competition
T; Do you know who organized it?
Ss:The International Language center
T: Who participated it?
…………..
Consolidation and homework(3m) Homework
- Summarises the main point of the lesson - write a paragraph about a game show
- Asks Ss to write a paragraph about a - prepare for LISTENING
game show they like

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:31 listening

101
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

I. Objectives:By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to:


- Develop extensive listening skills.
- Use the information they have listened to for other communicative tasks
II. Method and Tecniques: Communicative approach
III. Teaching Aids: Books, pictures, chalk, cassette player, tape
IV. procedures:
Check up:
-Tell the competition you like best and give reasons
-Name some of competitions you know
T’s activities Ss’activities
I. Before you listen(10m)
- T uses the picture in the textbook to Whole class
introduce the topic
1. What can you see in the picture? - We can see two athletes
2. What event is it? - Boston Marathon
3. What is marathon? - It’s a long distance running race of 26 miles
or about 42 km
4. Where do you think the Boston Marathon - In the USA
might take place?
5. What is the Boston Marathon? + It is held in the USA
+ It began at the end of the 19th century
+ The Boston race is about 42 km
+ Runners have to go through 13 towns
during the race
6. Who do you think can take part in the - Atheles
Boston race? Listen and repeat

102
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
II. While you listen - Race (n) : cuộc đua -Marathon race (phr.n)
Task 1(10m) - Clock (v): đạt được, ghi được
Instruction: You are going to listen about - Association(n) : Tổ chức , hiệp hội
the Boston Marathon. Listen and answer - Athletic (a): thuộc về điền kinh
T/F questions. Put a tick in the appropriate - athletics (n) : , môn điền kinh
box
- Before listening, asks Ss to read through read through the statements to understand
the statements to understand them and them and underline keys words.
underline keys words.
- Plays the tape once for Ss to listen and do listen and do the task
the task (Individual work)
- Checks the answer with the whole class.
If many Ss cannot answer the questions, T Answers:
plays the tape one or two more times and 1. T
pauses at the answer for them to catch 2. T
3. F (2 hours 50 minutes and 10 seconds)
4. F (1967)
5. T
6. F (pass through 13 towns and ends in
Task 2(7m) centre of Boston)
- T asks Ss to read through the questions in
task 2 Read through the questions in task 2
- Plays the tape again for Ss to answer the
questions Answer the questions
- Gets Ss to check their answer with a 1.He came from New York.
partner. Then T checks with whole class. T 2. She became the first official female
should play the tape again and pause at champion in 1972.
103
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
difficult points if many Ss cannot complete 3. 8 (women started and finished the race in
the task 1972.)
III. After you listen(10m) 4. 6164 (runners joined the Boston Marathon
6. Asks Ss to talk about a famous Vietnamese in 1984)
runner or sportman/sportwoman that they 8.
like 9.
7. Put Ss in small groups of 3 or 4 10.
Asks each group will prepare a short 11.Work in groups of 3 or 4
biography of a famous Vietnamese runner - Vũ Thị Huong / gold / 100-meter running
(or sportman) race / SEA Games 23 / join / compete / SEA
After finishing, T calls on the Games 24
representative of each group to talk about -> Vũ Thị Hương won a gold medal for
their favouite sportman/woman women’s 100-meter running race at the SEA
Listens and takes notes of Ss’ errors. T Games 23-2005. She is going to join in
provides corrective feedback after that (competing at ) the SEA Games 24-2007.
Consolidation and homework(3m) Homework
- Summarises the main point of the lesson - learn by heart new words and make
sentences
- Prepare for WRITING
V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:32 Writing

I. Objectives:By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to: Write a letter to reply to the
request of information
104
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
II. Method and Tecniques:
- Communicative approach , write it up, gap- filling
- Matching, role play, discussion, work group, pair work,
III. Teaching aids: Text books , posters. Handouts
IV. PROCEDURE:
T’s activities Ss’activities
Before you write
Task 1(10m)
-T asks Ss if they want to participate in a
competition, what information about the Group work
competition they would like to know and
would look for. T writes the answers on the
board
- T gets Ss to read the letter in task 1 - Individual work
individually When? (the date and time)
- Ask Ss to indentify who wrote the letter, Where? (the venue)
for what purpose, what information she Who? (who can participate, who are the hosts
requested and compare their answers with / judges, who to contact,ect)
the ideas on the board How? (how to apply to participat, how the
contest proceeds, how the candidates’
While you write(20m) performance is assesses,etc…)
- T gets Ss to read the requirement of task 2 What? (what is expected of the candidates,
and work out with a peer what they need to what the award is)
include in the reply letter and what kind of
language (formal or informal) they need to Individual work and pair work
use.
- Gets Ss to write their own letters in 10 English for the World
105
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
minutes 106 Tran Hung Dao St, Hoan Kiem District
- T then asks Ss to get in pairs, exchange Hanoi
their letters and correct each other October
- T goes around to offer help 18,2007
Dear Thu Trang,
28th October, 2007 Thank you for your interest in our English
Dear Thu Trang, Speaking Competition. Here is the
Thank for your letter and welcome to our information that you request.
English Speaking Competion. Here are Date and time:8:30p.m, October 25, 2006
some details about the competion: Venue: 106 Tran Hung Dao
The number of participants is limited- just Number of participant: 25
25. The competition is held on 25th Entry procedure: Candidates fill an
November 2007, at 106 Tran Hung Dao application form to participate
Street, Hoan Kiem District, Hanoi. It starts We encourage you to apply to participate by
at 8:00p.m. Contestants should be present 4p.m, October 20. Because this year we limit
one hour before the competition for the number of participants to only 25,
registration application submitted late will not be
For more information please contact me on considered.
the phone number(04) 9838188m, and For further information, please contact me on
email: Englishclub06@yahoo.com 9838188 or email me at
Best wishes, Englishclub06@yahoo.com
Kate Johnson We wish you good luck at the contest and
look forward to seeing you there.
Best regards
Kate Johnson
After you write(7m) Secretary
- T chooses one or two letters and reads Whole class
106
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
it/them to the class
- Then T elicits corrective feedback from
the class and gives final comments
afterwards. T should draw Ss’ attention to
the format of the letter, the organization of
ideas and language use.
Consolidation and homework(3m)
- Summarise the main point of the lesson
- T asks Ss to revise their letters according Whole class
to their peer’s suggestions and submit for
making in the next lesson

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:33,34 language focus

I. Objectives: By the end of this lesson, Ss will be able to:


+ distinguish the clusters / tr /, / dr /, / tw / and pronounce the words and sentences
containing them correctly
107
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
+ understand reported speech with gerund and use these structures to solve
communicative tasks.
II. Method and Tecniques: Intergrated mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Textbook, hand-outs
IV. Procedure:
T’s activities Ss’activities

A. PRONUNCIATION
Distinguishing sounds
T models the three clusters / tr I, / dr I, / tw
/ for a few times and explains how to Listen and repeat
produce them. E.g.: When producing / tr I,
Ss should produce / t / first and then
quickly switch to / r I, and so on. Hear the words containing these clusters and

T plays the tape (or reads) once for Ss to repeat after the tape
hear the words containing these clusters.
Then T plays the tape read the words in each column out aloud

again and this time asks Ss to repeat after


the tape
T asks Ss to read the words in each
column out aloud in chorus for a few more
times. Then T calls on some Ss to read the
Some individual stds repeat
words out loud. T asks s to work in pairs
and take turn to read aloud the given
Practising sentences containing the target
sentences (p. 73, Practise these sentences).
sounds
T goes around to listen and takes notes of
the typical errors
Stds work in groups of four.

108
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
T calls some Ss to read the sentences again
and provides corrective feedback.
B. GRAMMAR POINTS
Listen and take notes
a. Presentation(10m)
Whole class take note and give examples
Reported speech with gerund
Ex: “Sorry, I’m late”
Form: V+(O)+Preposition+(not)+ V-ing
She apologized for being late
Use: We usually use a gerund structure to
Ex:” I didn’t do that”
report thanking, apologies, accusations,
She denied doing that
and so on.
“It was nice of you to help me. Thank you
Accuse(sb) of, apologise (sb)for, insist
very much”
on(kh¨ng kh¨ng), congratulated (sb) on,
Tom thanked me for helping him
dream of, warn(sb) against (dÆn ai ®Ó
“Shall we pick you up at school?”
phßng c¸I g×/ai), prevent (sb)from,
They suggested picking me up at school
thank(sb) for, suspect(sb) of….
Note: we don’t use'say” in this structure.
- Some verbs do not need a preposition:
Stop, admit, suggest, deny, mention,
propose(đề nghị)
Individual work, pair work and whole class
b.Practice
Answer:
Exercise 1(10m)
1.John congratulated us on passing our exam
- T gets Ss to do the exercise 1
2.Mary apologized for not phoning me earlier
individually and then find a partner to
3Peter insisted on driving Linda to the station
check their answers with
4.The teacher accused the boy of not paying
-T checks with whole class and provides
attention to what he had said
corrective feedback
5. Bob has always dreamed of being rich
6. I warned Ann against staying at the hotel
109
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
near the airport
7. Her mother prevented Jane from going out
that night
8. Miss White thanked Jack for visiting her
Work individually
Exercise2 (12m) Answer:
T gets Ss to do Exercise 2 individually and 1. Tom insisted on paying for the meal
then find a partner to check their answers 2. Mr and Mrs Smith looked forward to
with. meeting their children soon
T checks with the whole class and 3. The boy denied breaking the window of the
provides corrective feedback. woman’s house
4. The policeman stopped the customer from
leaving the shop
5.The thief admitted stealing Mrs Brown’s
car
6. Ann suggested having a party the next
Saturday
7. John and his wife were thinking of buying
the house

Consolidation and homework(3m)


- T summarises the main points of the
lesson
- Ask Ss to revise reported speech with
gerund and do exercises in the
workbook

110
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:35 : Review

I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: - According to the TEST students can revise all the language
skills and grammatical points which they have studied and used in the three units: 4, 5
and 6.
- Students can improve their techniques of doing the simple tests.
2. Knowledge: After this lesson, students will be able to:
- Check themselves their skills in reading, speaking, listening, writing
- Improve their knowledge through the test yourself
- Language: Students can improve their techniques of doing the simple tests
3. Skill: After this lesson, students will be able to:
- Check themselves their skills in reading, speaking, listening, writing
- Improve their knowledge through the test yourself
II. Method: Integrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Textbook, board, hand-outs, cassette tape and player.
IV. Procedures:

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


Warm-up: (5 minutes)
111
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Greeting - Greeting
- Ask students something about the test - Answer teacher’s questions
yourself B
* Have you prepared it at home?
* Have you got any difficulties?
I. Listening(2.5 points) (10 minutes)
- Ask students to read all the sentences - Look at the book and listen to the task
first - understand the task
- Ask students to listen to the tape - Read the questions
once. - Listen to the tape
- Ask students to listen again and speak - Listen again and say the statements are true or
out the statements are true or false . false.
- Ask students to listen in the third - Listen and discuss in groups to find the correct
time, the work in groups to compare answers:
and discuss the answers with each
others to find the correct answers. Keys:1A, 2B, 3D, 4C, 5B.
II. Reading (2.5 points) (10 minutes)
- Presents the task: - Look at the textbook and listen to the teacher
- Asks pupils to work in groups to - Work in groups to discuss about the passage
compare the answers they have already - Finish the task
done to find the correct ones. - Compare their results with the other groups,
- Gives the correct answers to the class: and then with the keys
- Write the answers on the board
- Listen to the teacher and correct the answers
- Listen to the teacher
- Work in groups
- Compare the results with the other groups
112
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
III. Grammar(2.5 points) (8 minutes) - Show the answers in front of the class.
- Presents the task: - Keys: 1D, 2B, 3B, 4C, 5C
a/ Ask students to listen and put a tick - Observe the keys and correct their answers.
in the right box. - Keys:
b/ Let students finish each of of the a. 1. play, 2. drive, 3. twice, 4. proud
following sentences in such a way that
it has the same meaning as the original - Keys:
sentence. b. 1. taking, 2. to go, 3. smoking,
4. saying, 5. do, 6. going, 7. to make.
IV. Writing (7 minutes)
- Presents the task: - Students work in groups and practise writing.
- Calls the students to read the - Two students go to the board and write.
suggested sentences in front of the - Give the writings by reading aloud.
class. - Read the writing carefully.
- In groups or in pairs.
- Compare the results with the other groups
- Checks their writings and help them - Correct mistakes
correct the mistakes if they’ve made. Sample writing
“ Road to Mount Olympia” is a very popular
competition for secondary students in Vietnam.
It is a general knowledge quiz, which debuted
on VTV3 in 1999 and since then has been
shown at 10:30 a.m every Sunday on the same
channel. The show is sponsored by LG Corp
and hosted by several popular speakers such as
Ta Bich Loan, Luu Minh Vu, and Tung Chi
The copetition last one year and consists

113
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
of 52 qualifying sessions and a final. There are
4 competitors in each session. These are the
representatives of different schools around the
country. They are asked questions about
sciences and arts. The winner of each weekly
session can go to monthly session and compete
with other students to win a place at the
quarterly session. The winners a of the
quarterly session can go to the final. The
winner of the final will receive a large cash
prize.
I like the show very much because I can
Homework (5 minutes) learn a lot from the questions asked in it.
- Ask students:
- Study all the lessons again
+ to study all the lessons again
- Get the knowledge ready for the coming test
+ to get ready for the 45 minute-test
in the next period

V. EXPERIENCE:

114
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

Period:36

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to:


- develop such reading micro-skills as scanning for specific ideas and guessing
meaning in context
- use the information they have read to discuss the topic.
II. Method: Integrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Textbook, board, hand-outs, cassette tape and player.
IV. Procedures:
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up: (5 minutes)
- Asks students close the book - Listen to the teacher and answer the questions
- Asks students to answers some questions:
1. Are all the people in the same family?
2. Is it good to have many children?
3 .What will happen if every family have
a lot of children?
-Lead in : today we are going to learn - Listen to the teacher and open the book –
about world population Unit7, part A: reading
Before you read : (7 minutes)
- Asks students work in pairs and look at 1. - The scene in the first picture can be seen in
two pictures on the book and discuss the a family with too many children. As can be seen
questions in this picture, this couple has 6 children, and

115
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
1. Where can you find these scenes? they live in an old mud—and—draw cottage
2. What does each of the pictures tell with nothing valuable.
you? - The scene in the second picture can be seen
3. Do you think that the larger in in a poor town. As can be seen in the picture,
population a country is, the stronger it the people in this town seem to have a hard flfe
is? Why/Why not? and live in very old houses. The people tend to
- Goes around and help if necessary do manual work and some are unemployed.
-Ask students to give the answers 2. The first picture tells us that tf we have a big
- Listens to students and correct family, we may not support our children
pronunciation and grammar if necessary properly and give them a good flfe and
education. The second picture indicates that
population explosion can lead to poverty and
unemployment.
3. It is not always true that the larger in
population a country is, the stronger it is. The
reason is that a large population can result in
poverty, environmental pollution, unemployed
and social evils, which will easily weaken a
country.
While you read : (23 minutes)
Third World : EX : Laos , India , …
- Ask students to look through the
passage and read in silence
- Look at the book, listen to the teacher and work in
- Help students read the passage
pairs:
- Explain pronunciation and meaning of
new words which appear in the passage
- discuss and give correct answers
-Ask students to read loudly the difficult
words in chorus
116
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Task 1 : - Listen to the teacher
- Ask students to do task 1 - Ask some new words if necessary
- Let students work individual or in - Keep the book open
groups - Listen to the teacher then do task 1
- Help students if necessary - Ask the teacher if necessary
- work individual or in group
- Write down in the notebook
Keys:
1.Although 2. method
3.increases 4. resources
5.sfigures 6. limit
7.international 8. control
Task 2: Listen to the teacher and read the reading
-Asks students to read the passage again passage.
then answer the questions - Try to answer the questions
- Asks students to answer the following Keys :
questions 1.the population of the world in 10,000BC was
- Asks students look through the passages 10 million. In1750 it was 6225 million; in 1850
then try to answer the questions in right it was 1300million ,in1950 it was 2510
way million....(paragraph 1)
- Lets them work in pairs 2,by the year 2015 the population of the world
- Helps students if necessary is expected to be over 7 billion (last
(the answers in the passage) line,paragraph1)
3,some scientists say it can ,but others say it
can’t (line2-4,paragraph2)
4. no, they don’t
5,because they know of no safe way to have
117
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
fewer children( line4-5,paragraph3)
- Listen to the teacher
After you read : (8 minutes) -Discuss and find out five world largest
- Asks students to work in groups to countries in population
discuss find out five world largest - The students who are called to stand up to talk
countries i population. say where they are loudly are intelligent ones
and which is the richest and which is the
poorest country
-Goes around to help the groups when
necessary
-Calls some groups to answer the
question - Listen to the teacher and write down homework
- Listens to students and correct mistakes

Home work: (2 minutes)


- Asks students to do Reading exercise of
Unit 7 in workbook and prepare Part B :
Speaking at home

V. EXPERIENCE:

118
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

Period:37

I. Objectives: By the end the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- Talk about the causes of overpopulation in our country and in the world.
- The problem which the overpopulation countries have and offer some solutions.
II. Teaching aids:Textbook, handouts
III. Anticipated problems:
- Ss may not have enough vocalabulary to talk about the topic.
IV. Procedures:

Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


A. Warm-up (6ms)
Picture description
- T shows sts the following picture and asks Ss work in pairs to discuss the right
them two questions. answers.
+ What can you see in the picture? A man is carring many children by
+ What does the picture tell you? motorbike
The picture tells us about overpopulation

- T elicits the answers from sts and gives


comments.
- T introduces the topic of the speaking
119
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
lesson: overpopulation
T. gives handout: Ss read carefully the
following statements and decide if they are
True or False. Ss read carefully the following statements
and decide if they are True or False.
Suggested answer: 1.The population of our country has
1. F remained unchanged during the last ten
2. T years?
3. F 2.Our country is 14th among the
4. T overpopulated countries in the world.
B)Check up : 3. Overpopulation is not a problem in our
1.What do you think about the world modern time.
population ? (decrease or increase) 4. We must limit the population growth
T. introduces the new lesson: Today we’ll talk because our resoueces are limited.
about the overpopulation, the problem of
overpopulation countries and work out some
solutions to these problems.
Task 1.(10ms) Instruction: Below are some
of the causes of populatance explosion. You
must put them in order of importance and
explain why. Ss work in pairs to order the causes and
T gets Ss to work in pairs to order the causes reminds them to explain their order.
and reminds them to explain their order. Suggested answers (Ss can give different
T calls on some pairs to present their order answers)
and asks other pairs if they agree or disagree 1- People are not properly educated.
with their friends. 2- People are not a ware of population
T should bear in mind that the answers are
120
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
open. explosion.

There is no right or wrong answer, provided 3- Many people believe that having a
that Ss can explain their answers. large family is a form of insurance.
4- People believe that having many
children means happiness

Task 2. (7ms) Instruction: You are going to 5- Fewer children die at birth.

work in pairs to list the problems facing poor 6- Religion doesn’t permit peope to have

and overpopulated countries fewer children.

T asks Ss to read the useful language on page Pair work

83. T reminds Ss that they should match the Suggested answers:

words/ phrases on the left with the words/ - poor living condition

phrases on the right - low living standard

T may asks Ss to think of other problems not - not enough/expensive food

mentioned in the book - lack/shortage of

T calls some Ss to report their answers and schools/hospitals/teachers/doctors and

asks other Ss to feedback. T comments and nurses

gives corrective feedback - unemployment

Task 3. (10ms) - social evils

T. asks Ss to discuss some solutions to the - illiteracy

problem of overpopulation
- T. introduces some expressions to help Ss to
make a report. group work

Should be aware of
To carry out/ to implement/ to use Suggested answers:

T. asks some Ss to report their results to the - raise an awareness of the problems of

class. overpopulation
- raise the the people’s living standard
121
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
T. corrects if necessary. - exercise/implement reward and
punishment policy
- carry out population education
Task 4: Instruction: Now you are going to program/family planning program
work in groups to talk about the problems of - use birth control methods
overpopulation and offer solutions, using the Ss talk about the problem of
results of Task 2 and Task 3 overpopulation and offer solutions
-Asks Ss to give a short presentation on the + first/firstly, second, next
problems of population explosion and the + also, besides, moreover, in addition,
solutions to them furthermore
- Encourages Ss to use transition signals to + the first problems is that……/ the next
make their presentation. T can elicit the list of solution is that….
signals from Ss + on the one hand, on the other hand,
Consolidation and homework(2m) however, but………..
T summarises the main points ( Ss can prepare at home, if there isn’t
T asks Ss to do exercises in workbook enough time)
Homework: - Think of the best we should
have to limit the overpopulation.
- do exercises in workbook

V. EXPERIENCE:

122
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

Period:38

I. Objectives: By the end of thin lesson, Ss will be able to listen to the story betweeen an
inteviewer and Dr Brown about world population
Ss will be able to complete some exercises : T/F statements , multiple choice
II. Language focus:
*Vocabulary: Latin America, developing countries, improvement, particularly
Inexpensive, rank, generation
*Skills: Listening comprehension
III. Teaching aids: Text book ,cassette player, poster
IV. Procedures:
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Checking the old lesson: - interview each other about the causes of
- T calls on 2 sts to interview each other about overpopulation and give the solutions to
the causes of overpopulation and give the them .
solutions to them.
- T gives comments and marks - listen to T
Before you listen(10m) pair work
Discussing the questions suggested answers
-Ask Ss to discuss the questions on page 84 in 1. Yes, our world is overpopulated
pairs because it has more than 6 billion people
123
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Call on some Ss to give their answers and 2. Asia has the largest population with
comments on the answers China the most populated country in the
- Get Ss to guess what they are going to listen world and India the second
about
Vocabulary Pre-teach
- Before writing the new words on the board, Whole class
T helps Ss to pronounce the words given in
the book. T may read aloud first or play the
tape and ask Ss to repeat in chorus and
individually - Latin America :Ch©u Mü La tinh
- T teaches some of these words and those -Rate of population growth: tØ lÖ t¨ng d©n
taken from the listening passage: sè

- T gets Ss to make sentences with the words - Developing countries:C¸c níc ph¸t triÓn

and gives corrective feedback - Rank(v,n): XÕp h¹ng, thø h¹ng


- Fall(n): Sù gi¶m
- Generation(n): ThÕ hÖ

While you listen - Shortage(n): Sù thiÕu

Task 1(10m)
Instruction: You are going to listen to Dr
Brown talk about the world population. While
listening, choose the best answer A,B,C or D
to complete the statements or answer the
questions. Individual work, group work and whole

- Get Ss to read the statements and questions class

carefully and work out what information they


need to concentrate on while listening. Then
check with whole class
124
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Gets Ss to read the options in each question
and underline the words that make them Suggeted answers:
different 1. A
- Gets Ss to guess the answer to each question 2. D
- Plays the tape once or twice for Ss to listen 3. C
and do the task 4. D
- Checks the answer with whole class 5. A
Task 2(7m) 6. C
Asks Ss to read the questions in task 2 to 1. It will be over 7 billion
understand them 2. The population growth rates in some
Plays the tape again for Ss to listen and part of the world are not the same
answer the questions 3. The reason is the improvement of public
T gets Ss to check their answers with a health services and medical care
partner. Then T checks with whole class. T 4. They are shortage of foods, lack of
should play the tape again and pause at hospitals and school, illiteracy, and poor
difficult point if many Ss cannot complete the living conditions
task 5. The experts offered four solutions:
+ to educate people and make them aware
of the danger of having more children
+ to provide safe, inexpensive birth -
control methods
+ to strictly implement a family planning
After you listen(8m) policy
- T gets Ss to work in groups to orally + to exercise strict and fair reward and
summarise the main ideas of the listening punishment policies
passage. T might give Ss some cues base
their summary on:
125
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
+ world population today
+world population by 2010 whole class and group work
+ main cause of population explosion
+problems caused by population explosion
+ solutions to the problems
- Encourage Ss to use transition signals to
make their summary more coherent (mạch
lạc, chặt chẽ)
- Go around to offer help and collect Ss’
mistakes
- Call on some groups to present their Whole class
summary
- T elicits feedback from the class and gives
final comments
Consolidation and homework(3m)
T summarises the main point of the lesson

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:39
Class Teaching date Absentees
11A

126
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
I. Objectives:
1.Educational aim: Students should write descriptions of pie charts
2.General knowledge: Students learn how to write a descriptions of a chart
- Language: students should interpret statistics on population from a chart
- New words: Words related to the topic
3. Skills: Writing descriptions of pie charts
II. Method: Integrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Student’s book, notebook,
IV. Procedure:
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

127
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Warm up
Books closed Look at the picture and answer:
T shows Ss a pie or a piece of paper with a S: It’s a cake.
pie and asks questions: S: You are cutting the cake.
T: What’s this?
T: Yes, it’s a pie cake. It’s round. Now look S: They are the same size. They are equal
at what I am doing.
T: Yes, I am dividing it into parts. What do S: No, they are not equal.
you think about the parts?
T: Now open your books and you can see
another one. This chart is round so it is a pie
chart. Are the patts in the pie chart equal?
T: Yes, these parts stand for the distribution
of population in the world, and it is not equal Ss work in group, read the information in
among regions. the chart and use Useful language to write
T asks Ss to work in pairs: ask and answer the paragraph
about the information in the chart Ss practice writing in groups of 3 or 4.
T presents Useful language and explains: Ss present their writing on the board.
- The chart shows the distribution of world
population by region Suggested paragraph(1)
- It can be seen that The chart shows the distribution of world
- distributed unevenly population by region. It can be seen from
- account for …… per cent the chart that the world population is
- more than double the population of distributed unevenly in the South-East
- half as much as Asia. It accounts for 58% of the world
- nearly half of population. Especially, the population of
- rank first / last East Asia is more than double the
128
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
T instructs Ss how to use Useful language to population of Africa. The population of
describe the chart Northern American is nearly half of the
T goes round the class and provide help when population of Africa. In comparison with
necessary the other region, the Ocean ranks last,
T gives some suggested sentences : about 2%. Finally the population of Latin
- The world population is not distributed America is 2% more than the one of
evenly / is distributed unevenly. Northern American, about 8%.
- The South Asia ranks first with 32% / ( The Suggested paragraph(2)
South Asia has the most people / has the The chart show the distribution of world
largest population). population by region.
- Very few people live in the Oceania. / The As seen from the chart, the world
Oceania is the least populated / The Oceania population is not distributed evenly. South
has the least population. Asia has the largest population with 32%
- Less than that in South Asia is East Asia while the Oceania is the least populated
with only 26%. with only 2%. A bit higher than that of the
- Africa and Europe have fewer people with Oceania are the rates of Latin America
11% for the former and 15% for the later. and Northern America with 8% for the
- Compared with the Oceania which ranks former and 6% for the latter. / ( wth 8%
last in the table, Latin has approximately 8% and 6% respectively). Europe accounts for
of the world population whereas Northern 15% of the world population and Africa is
America has a lower rate with only 6%. a bit lower with only 11%.
Nowadays 15% the world population is living To sum up, more people are found in Asia
in Europe. than in other parts of the world.
T corrects mistakes and gives suggested
answer.
T asks Ss to write a paragraph of their own at Homework:
home - write a paragraph at home
129
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Prepare for LANGUAGE FOCUS

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:40+ 41
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
— Distinguish the clusters / ki /, / gl /, / kr /, / gr /, and / kw /
— Pronounce the words and dialogue containing these clusters correctly
— Use conditional sentences (types 1, 2 and 3) and conditional sentences in reported
speech appropriately.
II. Teaching aids: Chalks, pictures
III. Teaching method: Communicative Approach
IV. procedures
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up: - Read 5 words (class, glass,
crash, green, queen).
PRONUNCIATION
Distinguishing sounds
T models the clusters / kl /, / gl /, / kr /, / gr /,
Listen and reapeat
and / kw /for a few times and explains how to
produce them. Eg.:When producing / kl /, Ss
Listen the words containing the clusters / kl /,
should produce / k / first andthen quickly
/ gl /, / kr /, / gr /, and / kw /
switch to /1 /, and so on.
T plays the tape (or reads) once for Ss to hear

130
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
the words containing these clusters. Then T
plays the tape (or reads) again and this time
asks Ss to repeat after the tape
T asks Ss to read the words in each column Read aloud the given dialogue on page 87
out loud in chorus for a few more times. in pairs.
T calls some Ss to read the words out loud.
T asks Ss to work in pairs and take turn to - Look at the examples and point out the
read aloud the given dialogue on page 87. grammar points of them:
-Asks Ss to look at the following examples - Give the formula of the use of
and remark them. conditional sentences 1, 2 & 3.
- Asks Ss to explain the formula of the use of Conditional sentences type 1 :
conditional sentences 1, 2 & 3.
Eg: If I find her address, I’ll send her an
Revision of conditional sentences (type 1, 2,
invitation.
and 3)
If he runs, he’ll get there in time.
If you don’t get up early, you will miss the
train.
Form: If + S+ Vs/es, S+ will + V(infinitive)
(simple present) (future)
Use: DiÔn t¶ ®k cã thÓ x¶y ra ë hiÖn t¹i
hay t¬ng lai.
Conditional sentences type 2 :
Eg: If he were a bird, he would fly to you.
If I were you, I wouldn’t do that.
Form: If + S+ V-ed, S+would + V(infinitive)
(simple past)
Use: DiÔn t¶ ®k kh«ng cã thùc ë hiÖn t¹i.
Conditional sentences type 3 :
Eg: If you had got there last night, you

131
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
would have met him.
If he had listen to me, he wouldn’t have
failed in the exams.
Form:
If+S+had+V-ed, S+would+have+ V-ed
(past perfect)
Use: DiÔn t¶ ®k kh«ng cã thùc ë QK
EXERCISE 1:
Exercise 1: Work individually then compare the
T asks Ss to do exercise 1 & 2
answers with a partner.
T asks 2 Ss to read their answers aloud
*Suggested answers:
T asks Ss to remark.
1.would drive; 2.could; 3.is;
T gives feedback & corrects them
4.will take; 5.closed; 6.will come
Exercise 2:
EXERCISE 2:
T asks Ss to do exercise 2 in pairs and then
compare Work in pairs
answers with another pair. *Suggested answers:
T calls on some Ss to go to the board to write
their 1. had been told
answers. 2. had realised
T asks other Ss to feedback and gives correct
Answers: 3. wouldn’t have been
4. would have bought
Conditional sentences in reported speech 5. had studied
a. Presentation
T writes some conditional sentences in
Listen, survey and take note
reported speech non the board and asks Ss to
comment on the changes of the verbs,
pronouns and adverbs of time and places.
Eg: ‘I will come to see you if I have time’, the
man said to her. (Type1)

132
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
—>The man said to her that he would come
to see her if he had time.
‘If I had a permit, I could get a job, ‘ he said.
(Type2)
—>He said that if he had a permit, he could
get a job.
- ‘If you had followed my advice, you would
have been the winner, ‘said her mother.
(Type3)
—> Her mother said if she had followed her
advice, she would have been the winner. + Conditional type 1: we apply all the
T elicits the comments from Ss and makes
necessary changes as usual (changes of
clear that:
verb tenses, pronouns, adverbs of time and
place...)
+ Conditional type 2 and 3: we do not
change the verb tenses, but we follow the
rules to change pronouns, adverbs of time
and place...
Exercise 3: EXERCISE 3:
T asks Ss to do exercise 3 individually.
Ss have to change the conditional
T asks them to compare answers with another sentences into reported speech.
student. Work individually then compare answers
T calls some Ss to go to the board to write with another student.
their *Suggested answers:
sentences.
T asks other Ss to feedback and gives correct 1. The man said to to her (that) he would
come to see her f he had time.
answers: 2. He asked her what she would say if
someone stepped on her feet.
3. They said to me (that) if it didn’t rain
they would go out with me.
4. The man asked the woman what she
would do if she were a billionaire.
133
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
5. The man said to me (that) if I had asked
him he would have lent me his motorbike.
6. The man said to his daughter (that) they
would be very disappointed if she did not
come.
7. The boy said to the girl (that) he was
T summarises the main points of the lesson sure they would understand if she
explained the situation to them.
T assigns homework: Homework:
Ss review the points that have been
covered in the lesson

EXTRA EXERCISE:
Change the following conditional sentences into reported speech.
1. “If he had dropped the vase, it would have broken,” her grandmother said to him.
2. “If you have to do the washing up, I will help you,” her husband said to her.
3. “I wouldn’t run away if I saw a spider,” the girl said.
4. “We’d have given you a lift if you hadn’t had your bike with you,” my friends said to me.
5. “If you had listened to me, the accident wouldn’t have happened,” my father said to my
brother.
6. “If we don’t get tickets for the concert, we’ll stay at home,” they said to me.
7. “We’d go by bus if we didn’t have a car,” my cousins said to their parents.
8. “He wouldn’t have taken the bread if he hadn’t been hungry,” her sister said.

Answers:
1. Her grandmother said to him that if he had dropped the vase it would have broken.
2. Her husband said to her that if she had to do the washing up, he would help her.
3. The girl said that she would run away if she saw a spider.
4. My friends said to me that they’d have given me a lift if I hadn’t had my bike with me.

134
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
5. My father said to my brother that if he had listened to him the accident wouldn’t have
happened.
6. They said to me that if they didn’t get tickets for the concert they would stay at home.
7. My cousins said to their parents that they’d go by bus if they didn’t have a car.
8. Her sister said that he wouldn’t have taken the bread if he hadn’t been hungry.

Tiết 43: Review

Review
Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others
1- A. decided B. visited C. wanted D. handicapped
2- A. corn B. cup C. can D. city
3- A. minority B. literacy C. primary D. library
4- A. whom B. who C. whose D. whale
5 - A. ridden B. white C. give D. risen
Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting
6. Peter apologized for break the vase.
A. B. C D.
7. David asked me telling him the time.
A. B C D.
8. Paul thanked me on writing him to dinner.
A B C D
9. I warned them not climb the mountain in such bad weather.
A B C D
10. I was in a hurry because I didn’t want being late for school.
A B C D
11. Her parents prevented her from get married to her teacher.
A B C D
Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences:
12……………………are children whose parents passed away.
A. Volunteers B. College students C. Handicapped children D. Orphans
13. How many ……………are there in the competition?
A. participates B. participants C. participations D. participative
14. Someone told us…………..sit on the stairs.
A-don’t B-met/was working C. not to D. to not
15. Her mother prevented her…………..going out that night.
A-against B-from C-about D-at
16.I apologised…………..the book at home..
A-for leaving B-to leaving C-leaving D-to leave
135
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
17. Tom insisted............paying the bill.
A. of B. in C. on D. for
18. I don't mind............late if it will help at all.
A. working B. to be work C. work D. to work
19. "Let's go to the cinema"  He suggested........... to the cinema.
A. gone B. to go C. go D. going
20. " I made a mistake in the calculations" She........... making a mistake in the calculations.
A. promised B. admitted C. apologized D. agreed
21. Jack congratulated me....................passing the examination.
A. on B. above C. from D. in
22. John and his wife were thinking.................. widening their farm.
A. to B. of C. with D. on
23. The number of .......... people in the remote areas of Vietnam is gradually decreasing.
A. illiterate B. illiteracy C. literacy D. literate
24. I warned her............seeing him.
A. from B. against C. to D. at
25. " I made a mistake in the calculations" She........... making a mistake in the calculations.
A. promised B. admitted C. apologized D. agreed
Change the sentences into the reported speech.
26.“ Whatever you do, don’t walk on the grass” the safeguard said to the tourists.
-> The safeguard warned………………………………………………………………………….
27.“ I haven’t done anything wrong,” Tom said.
-> Tom denied……………………………………………………………………………………..
28.“ No, I won’t talk to the lawyer,” Thu said.
-> Thu refused……………………………………………………………………………………
29.“ Yes, I did drive too fast through the town,” she said
-> She admitted………………………………………………………………………………………..
30.”Don’t forget to join in the contest tomorrow morning” Dong said
.-> Dong reminded………………………………………………………………………………………
Read the passage and choose one correct answer for each question.
Spring School is an informal school. It provides classes to disadvantaged children in Ho Chi Minh city.
Around 30 street children live and study at the school and about 250 children with special difficulties from
District 1 regularly attend classes.
The Organisation for Educational Development co-operated with Spring School to set up English classes in
1998. Dance, theatre, singing and folk music classes were set up a year later. Children from these classes
participate in fundraising performances. They raise money to continue their English and performance Arts
classes.
Spring School requires volunteers to help organize their fundraising dinner held annually in June. This is an
exciting night in which children dance, sing and play music at one of the largest hotels in Ho Chi Minh
City. They also need foreign volunteers to contact sponsors and help to expand the school activities.
Volunteers are required from February until July to help organize these events.
It is hope that more schools like Spring School will soon be found in other cities in Vietnam.
31. What kind of Spring school?
A. a primary school B. a formal school C. an informal school D. a secondary school
32. When were dance, theatre, singing and folk music classes set up?
A. In 1997 B. In 2000 C. In 1998 D. In 1999
33. Why do children take part in fund- raising performances?
136
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
A. Because they want to expand the school.
B. Because they want to contact sponsors.
C. Because they need money to continue their English and Arts classes.
D. Because they like dancing.
34. Where do children dance, sing and play music?
A. At their School. B. At one of the largest hotels in Ho Chi Minh City.
C. In Ha Noi. D. In the theatres.
35. What is the aim of Spring School?
A. It provides classes to volunteers in Ho Chi Minh City.
B. It provides classes to disadvantaged children in Ho Chi Minh City.
C. The aim of this school is fundraising.
D. The aim of this school is to raise fund.
Choose the best answer:
36. "No, it's not true. I didn't cheat in the exam"
A. Tom denied cheating in the exam. B. Tom denied not to cheat in the exam.
C. Tom denied didn’t cheat in the exam. D. Tom denied to cheat in the exam.
37. "You should not stay up too late"
A. Minh encouraged me to stay up too late. B. Minh advised me staying up too late.
C. Minh advised me to stay up too late. D. Minh advised me not to stay up too late.
38. "I'm sorry, I didn't phone you"
A. Karen promised not to phone me. B. Karen admitted for not phoning me.
C. Karen apologized for not phoning me. D. Karen refused to phone me.
39. “”You are too yuong to get married”. Lan’s parents said to her.
A. Lan’s parents said that she can’t get married at quite a young age.
B. Lan’s parents stopped her from getting married.
C. Lan’s parents said that she is so young that she can’t get married.
D. Lan’s parents advised her not to get married.
40. Jane said, “You stole my best book, Tom”.
A. Jane said that Tom was her thief.
B. Jane insisted Tom on stealing her best book.
C. Jane accused Tom of stealing her best book.
D. Jane wanted Tom to give her best book back to her.

Period:43

I. Objectives:

137
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
1. Educational aim: Students should know more about the celebration of Tet and other
festivals’ activities
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: - Through this unit, students know the history of tet and some kinds
of celebration
- New words: Words related to celebration
3. Skills: Reading for identifying the main idea and specific information
II. Method: Integrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Real objects, pictures, English textbook 11, hand-outs
IV. Procedures:
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up: (4 minutes)
- T shows some real objects and pictures
such as the pictures of Banh Chung, peach
blossom, kumquat tree…., real objects as red
envelops, a box of candied fruits…. Pair work
- T points the pictures and real objects and - Listen to the teacher look at the picture
ask questions: and answer the questions
1. What do you think of when you see this? The answers are various
2. Why so?
3 What do you often do before Tet? - I think of Tet holiday
- Because they are the symblols of Tet.
- Clean and decorate the house, go
Before you read (10m) shopping to buy new clothes, candied
Discussing Tet holiday fruits, make Banh Chung…….
-Ask Ss to look at the picture on page 90 and
discuss the 3 questions in pairs Work in pair and discuss these activities
138
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- T goes around to offer help they enjoy most doing in the Tet
- T calls on some Ss to present their answer
and elicits comments from other Ss. T gives
feedback if necessary
1. What time of the year is it? - It is Spring and it should be Tet holiday
because we can see peach blossom and
2. What are the people in the picture doing? kumquat tree full of ripe fruits
- The grandmother is giving her niece and
nephew some lucky money. The girl, the
3. What else do you see in the picture? boy and their parents good health and
happiness
- In the picture we can see a five-fruit tray
on the ancestral altar and a dish of fruits,
Pre -teaching vocabulary a tray of candied fruits and a banh chung
Lunar New Year: TÕt ©m lÞch on the table.
To fall between….and …: R¬i vµo kho¶ng thêi
gian tõ…®Õn

To spead: kÐo dµi


To be full of: ®Çy nhiÒu
Candied fruit: Møt
Peach blossom: Hoa ®µo Whole class pay attention
Apricot blossom: Hoa mai
Positive comments: Nh÷ng lêi nãi tèt ®Ñp
While you read
Setting the scene
You are going to read a passage about Tet Individual work
holiday in Vietnam. While you are reading,
139
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
do the tasks in textbook
Task 1 (6m)
Find the meanings of the words. You can also
use your dictionary
+ T writes these words on the board
+ Ask Ss to read the passage quickly and stop
at the lines that contain these words to guess
their meaning
1. grand: impressive and large 1- Träng ®¹i, hoµnh tr¸ng

2. banner: along piece of cloth with a


2- BiÓu ng÷, b¨ng r«n
message on it that is carried between two
poles or hung in a public place to show
support for st
3. sugared apples 3-T¸o tÈm ®êng
4. agrarian: connected with farming and the 4-Thuéc vÒ n«ng nghiÖp

use of land for farming


5-CÇu nguyÖn
5. pray: to speak to God especially to give
thanks or ask for help
6- sù h¸o høc, nhén nhÞp
6. excitement: the state of feeling excited
Task 2 (5m)
Asks Ss to work individually to do the task individual work and pair work
and discuss their answers with their partners 1- F ; 2- F ;3–T
Calls some Ss to give their answers and ask 4- F ; 5- T ;6–T
them to explain their choices
Task 3(6m) Individual work and pair work
Asks Ss to work individually to do the task, 1. It falls sometime between 19th January
then discuss their answer with their peers
140
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Calls some Ss to write their answers on the and 20th February
board and ask them to explain their choices 2. Tet’s preparations and celebrations
used to be pread over months
3, They are decorated with coloured lights
and red banners
4. They buy gifts, clean and decorate their
houses and cook traditional foods
5. It is made from sticky rice, green beans
and fatty pork
6. Mut is candied fruit
After you read (10m) 7. Visiting friends and other family
Asks Ss to work in groups to tell eachother members, exchanging wishes, going to the
about their last Tet holiday pagoda, playing games..
When all groups have finished, T calls on Group work
some Ss to report their ideas to the class -two students present in front of the class
Consolidation and homework(2m) homework
T summarises the main points and assigns -learn by heart all of the new words and
homework. give examples
- Summarise the main ideas of the passage
- Prepare for READING

V. EXPERIENCE:

141
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 - 2023

142
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

Period:44
Class Teaching dates Absentees
11A

I. Objectives:
1. Educational aim: Students could talk about the celebrations of Tet and other festivals’
activities
2. Knowledge:
- General knowledge: - Through this unit, students can express their opinions about Tet holiday in
Vietnam
- Language: Ask and answer questions about the Tet holiday in Vietnam
3. Skills: Fluency in expressing opinion and expressions about celebrations in Vietnam
II. Method: Integrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching aids: Pictures, English textbook 11, hand-outs
IV. Procedures:
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up:(6 munites)
Asks students close the book and find words - Listen to the teacher
that go with “traditional” in groups -Find out the words
Suggested answer: food, flowers clothes,
Today, we will practice speaking about Tet games , costumes
holiday in Vietnam
Pre-reading: (5 minutes) read individually and then work in pairs
Task 1: listen to the friend and give comments
Asks students to read the dialogue and ask
them what points are mentioned in the

143
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
dialogue
- Asks student to work individually then work
in groups
-calls some pairs to act out the dialogue
- Gives suggestions -Listen to the teacher
While –speaking :(24 minutes) -Answer :
Task 2: 1, picture 1: Mid-Autumn
-Asks students to look at the three pictures 2, Picture 2: thanksgiving
and work out the name of each holiday 3, picture 3 : Valentine’s Day
- Asks students to work individually then in -1cC ,2aA ,3bB
pairs
- Walks around the class to help student when
necessary
- Checks and gives suggestions
- Asks student to practice it with a partner
- Corrects students’ pronunciation if
necessary
Post-reading: (13 minutes) - Do the task 3
Task 3: -Compare the answer with the partners
- Asks students to read all words in the task 3 - Work in groups
-Gives the meaning of some words when -Ask the teacher if necessary
necessary -Some groups present their answer in front
- Asks students to work individually then of the class
work in pairs
- Walks around the class to help students
when necessary
- Checks and gives suggestions
- Asks students to practice this conversation
- Corrects their pronunciation when necessary

144
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Gives comments -copy in their notebooks
- Assigns homework - Homework (2 minutes):
Write about the tet holiday their like and prepare

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:45

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- listen to get specific information about how the New Year is celebrated in Japan.
- compare the aspects of the Vietnamese New Year with those of the Japanese one.
Vocabulary: Similarities, Kimono, longevity, constancy, shrine, represent, pine trees, kumquat
II. Method: Integrated, mainly communicative
III. Teaching Aids: Textbook, cassette, pictures, PowerPoint Overhead Presentations
IV. Procedures:
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up : (4 minutes) - Listen and answer
Asks the students these questions :
What is special about the New Year holiday
in Japan? - Listen to the teacher
Can you guess what Japanese do on these
days?
Lead in: we are going to listen to the talking
about how the New Year celebrated in Japan

145
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
BEFORE YOU LISTEN: (6 minutes)
- Lets students work in pairs to guess which Work in pairs and each pair works in role
of the activities the Japanese often do on their Listen to the teacher
New year’s Day Look at the picture in the book and guess
-Calls some students to give their answers before listening
and write them on the boards

-Introduces some new words from the


listening passage
While you listen: (24 minutes)
Task 1:
Instruction: You are going to listen to two
people talking about how the New Year is -Listen carefully
celebrated in Japan.
Listen and tick (√ ) the things you hear. - Work individually

Before Ss listen and do the task, T asks them - Read through the statements to
to read through the statements to understand understand them and underline key words.
them and underline key words. For example, - Listen to the tape and pay attention to the
the key words in the first statement are: put key words
on, special, clothes - Tick the things they hear in the
T plays the tape once for Ss to do the task. appropriate boxes.

T plays the tape the second time for Ss to


check their answers. - Give corrects

T asks Ss to work in groups of 4 to compare + They put on special clothes.


their answers. + Housewives prepare special foods.

T checks Ss’ answers by calling on some Ss. + They go to a shrine.


T gives the correct answers: + They drink rice wine.
+ They watch television.

146
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Task 2: + They eat a special meal.
Before Ss listen to the tape again to do the -Listen to the dialogues and then work in
task, T may ask them to try to answer the groups and give their answers
questions with the things they remember from The answers:
the previous times of listening. 1, Because they want to get rid of the old
- Asks students to listen again and answer the year and welcome the new year
questions 2, From TV or the radio
- Lets students read the questions first and 3, Kimonos or special dress
quickly- work in pairs 4, No, New year is mostly celebrates
- Lets students listen again 3 times and ask among family only
them to discuss in groups to answer the - Listen and copy in their notebooks
questions
- Listens to each group and remark
After you listen: (10 minutes)
- Has students sit in groups and compare the
following aspects of the Vietnamese New
year with those of the Japanese one
- Goes around and help if necessary
-Calls some students tell the class again
-Gives comments
Homework: (2 minutes)
Asks students to do exercise in workbook
Prepare the next lesson
V. EXPERIENCE:

147
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

Period:46
Describing a celebration

Class Teaching dates Absentees


11A

I. OBJECTIVES
1. Educational aim : Students should know how to describe a celebration
2. Knowledge
General knowledge: Students learn writing a description of one of the popular celebrations
Language: words related to festival
3. Skills : Writing
II. METHOD : Integrated, mainly communicative
III. TEACHING AIDS :Text book, poster
IV. PROCEDURE
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Pre-Writing (5’)
-Ask some questions:
1.Have you ever taken part in one of the
Observe and work in pairs to answer
popular celebrations in Vietnam?
- Answer the question
2. What do you know about it?
3. When is Teachers’ Day?
4. What do you often do on that day?
Lead in : To know more about the popular
celebration we will learn the new lesson:
- Work in groups.
Writing
- Listen carefully.
While-Writing (25’)
T: Before writing, discuss in groups about the

148
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
celebrations chosen. - Take notes
Give some cues related to some popular Things or activities relating to :
celebrations. 1) Independence Day :
T goes around for help. marches, parades, meetings, flags,
T collects students’ ideas and writes them on banners, demonstration, and a day off.
the board. 2) Mid-Autumn Festival :
Asks ss to write a description of one of the lanterns, dragon or lion dance,
popular celebrations in Vietnam (e.g. Mid- mooncakes, full moon, children.
Autumn Festival, National Independence 3) Women’s Day :
Day, Teachers’ Day, Women’s Day, ect. ). flowers, gifts, housework.
Your description should include the following 4) Teachers’ Day :
main points : flowers, gifts, gratitude, visit,
 name and time of the festival performances, dance, sing.
 purpose / meaning of the festival - Do the writing.
 main activities of the festival - Write the descriptions on the board.
 your feeling about the festival ( whether Suggested Writing:
you like it or not and the reason(s) ) Describing a celebration: Teachers’ Day
- Have students do the writing Every year, on November 20th , all
Post-Writing (15’) schools throughout our country celebrate
Has the representatives of two groups to write Teachers’ Day. It is a good time for
their description on the blackboard. students to show their love, respect and
gratitude towards their teachers. On the
Mid-Autumn Festival : morning of November 20th , all students
Mid-Autumn Festival is of my most favourite are at school to attend the celebration and
festivals. It is held on the 15 day of the 8
th th
enjoy the music show played by our school
lunar month every year. It’Ss the time when band and other students. After that we give
Vietnamese people celebrate the largest full our teachers beautiful flowers, cards and
moon in the year. The children have parties best wishes. We also pay a visit to our
with special cakes and grapefruits. They also former teachers in the afternoon.
parade in the street with their beautiful
149
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
lantern, which come in all shapes and sizes. I enjoy Teachers’ Day because it is
Adults buy moon cakes for their relatives and on that day that we can show our gratitude
friends. It is a great time for not only children towards our teachers.
but also adults
- Listen and take notes.
- Gives remarks and correct mistakes. * HOMEWORK :
Assigns homework Students reread carefully the description,
practise rewriting it.

V. EXPERIENCE:

Period:47

I. Objectives: By the end of the lesson , ps will be able to:


- To pronounce some sounds correctly such as: / fl/ ,/Өr/ ,/fr/
- How to use some pronouns: one(s), someone , noone, anyone, everyone
II. Method and Tecniques
-Communicative approach, Integrated, mainly communicative
-Matching ,role play, discussion, work group, pair work,
150
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
III. Teaching aids
+ Teaching aids :Blackboard, chalk, worksheets
Textbook, posters text book, handout, poster., real object
IV. procedures:
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1. Listen and repeat
- T asks Ss to listen to the 3 sounds and the
words having them on the cassette tape. Ss listen and try to distinguish these
- T reads the words again and asks Ss to sounds
repeat word by word - Ss listen carefully
- T helps Ss to recognize these sounds in the - Ss listen and repeat
words
2. Practice the sentences:
Calls some pairs to read the dialogue - Ss practice in pairs ( page 97/ text book)
3.Grammar:
T explains the use of “someone, everyone, 1. someone, everyone, anyone, no one
anyone, no one ” Ex: - Nobody phoned, did they? (= did he
 Someone, anyone, no one and everyone or she)
are singular words - No one in the class did their
 We often use someone and everyone in homework. (= his or her homework)
positive sentences; anyone in negative
sentences and questions.
Ex: Someone wants to see you.
Is anyone there? - Ss copy down in their notebooks.
 After no one we often use positive verbs - Ss work in pairs
and they/ them/ their. Exercise 1: Complete the sentences, using
- T guides Ss to do two exercises in the someone, everyone, anyone, or no one.
textbook and help them if necessary Use each word twice.
Key:

151
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
1. anyone 2. Someone
3. anyone 4. someone
5. no one 6. everyone
T explains the use of one(s) 7. no one
- We can use one instead of repeating a Listen and copy down
singular countable noun
when it is clear from the context what we are
talking about:
- Ones can be used instead of repeating a
plural noun:
Ex: Is this your umbrella?- No, mine’s the big
blue one.(= umbrella)
Ex: I think his best poems are his early ones.
(= poems)
- We don’t use one(s) instead of an
uncountable noun:
Ex: If you need any more paper, I’ll bring you
some. (not…one/ones) Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences, using
- T guides Ss to do exercise 2 the pronoun one(s)
Work indvidually then compare the
answers with a partner.
Key:
1. Of the three bags I like the blue one.
2. Mai is making a fruit cake, Huong is
making one, too.
Calls ss to read aloud the answers 3. I like reading books, especially the ones
about the natural world.
4. I don’t have a computer, and my father
doesn’t want me to have one.

152
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
5. They let me choose a pencil, and I took
the red one.
6. There are several celebrations in
Vietnam, but perhaps the most meaningful
one is Tet.
7. We told each other both happy stories
and sad ones about our lives.
- T guides Ss to do exercise 3; how to choose - Ss do the exercise in their notebooks.
the kind of word and the suitable word to fill
in the blank. Key:
1. traditional 2. grand
3. gifts 4. celebrating
5. polite 6. good luck
7. excitement
Assigns homework Home work:
- make some more exercises.
- prepare for UNIT 9: READING

V. EXPERIENCE:

Tiết 48,49,50 Reivew


I) pronunciation
Choose the underlined part that pronounced differently from the rest:
1. A. adult B. candle C. talk D. flower
2. A. whale B. when C.who D. wheel
Stress:
3. A. capable B. volunteer C. loyalty D. celebrate
4. A. success B. visit C. support D. attend    
II. Vocabularies
153
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Unit 7
5. Better health care and agriculture have led to rapid population _.........______.
A. grow B. growing C. growth D. grown
6. People are not aware __..........._ the problem of overpopulation.
A. of B. for C. at D. on
7.Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
 The government admitted that there was a petrol shortage, but warned people against panic buying.
A. plenty B. abundance C. lack D. excess
8.Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
The population increase is from 1.2 million to 1.8 million in 1890.
A. growth B. decrease C. upturn D. expansion
Unit 6
9. They sell quality computers at very……………………….. prices.
A. competence B. competition C. competitive D. competitor
10.The winner of the contest was given a(n) _______ for her excellent performance.
A. bonus B. reward C. fine D. award
11. Her mother prevented her ..................... going out tonight.
A. against B. from C. about D. at
12. Margaret accused Tom………….breaking her window.
A. with B. of C. on D. for
Unit 4.
13. …………………..are the happiest people because they bring happiness to others .
A. Volunteers B. voluntary C. voluntarily D. Volunteer
14 Synonym: We should take care of war invalids and family of martyrs.
A. look after B. look into C. look for D. look at
15. Shy people often find it difficult to ........................ group discussions.
A. take place in B. take part in C. get on with D. get in touch

Unit 3
16. Choose the answer A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning
Children often received presents from their parents at Christmas.
A. candles B.candy C. cards D. gifts
17. People call the 25th wedding anniversary the “……………………. anniversary” .
A. silver B. gold C. bronze D. stone
18.When people finish singing, The girl ………………. the candles on the cake.
A. blows out B. finds out C. looks out D. figures out
19.Many Americans …………… the age of 30 don’t like to talk about their age.
A. over B. at C. under D. in
Unit 2
20.Some internationally famous football players are the ............... of countless teenagers.
A idol B. dream C. present D. Star
21.She was in a very ....................... situation. She felt so stupid and didn’tknow what to say
A. embarrass B. embarrassed C. embarrassing D. embarrassment
22.I don’t like the look of that man. There is something ........................... about him.
A. sneaky B. honest C. friendly D. loyal

154
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
23.The girl was so shy that she didn’t look at him in the face. She just glanced ............ him and looked away.
A. at B. in C. on D. of

Unit 1
24. Choose the word OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word in each of the following questions
Two friends must know each other so well that there can be no suspicions between them.
A. doubts B. trust C. gaps D. differences
25 Nobody wants to make friends with her because they don’t find her a _______ person.
A. sympathize B. sympathy C. sympathetic D. sympathetically
26.Two friends should be loyal ______________ each other.
A. on B. with C. over D. to
III. Grammar:
27. The dentist told him..................his mouth wide.
A. open B. to open C. opening D. to opening
28. His parents never allowed him...................
A. smoking B. smoking C. some smoke D. to smoke
29.He saw them ……………….. home late.
A. to arrive B. arrive C. arriving D. arrived
30.They made her ……………….. there for the weekend.
A. to stay B. stay C. staying D. stayed
31.They let him ……………… a letter to his wife.
A. to write B. write C. writing D. written
32. We are too late. The plane _______off ten minutes ago.
A. took B. takes C. had taken D. was taking
33. Tom ………………….before we arrived there.
A. has left B. had left C. will leave D. leaves
34. We …………………….. lunch when we heard the news.
A. had B. were having C. had had D. have
35. Do you remember both of us wearing sunglasses to avoid _................ by the supervisors?
A. recognizing B. being recognized C. to recognize D. to be recognized
36. I expected ………………. to the party, but I wasn’t.
A. to invite B. to be invited C. inviting D. being invited
37. …………………….twice, he didn’t want to try again.
A. Having failed B. failed C. to have failed D. fail
38 If she ______ sick, she would have gone out with me to the party.
A. hasn't been B. wasn't C. weren't D. hadn't been
39 If it _.......... more humid in the desert of the Southwest, the hot temperature would be unbearable.
A. is B. would be C. were D. had been
40 Unless you……………. all of my questions, I can't do anything to help you.
A. answered B. would answer C. are answering D. answer
41. They wasted a whole afternoon try to repair the old bicycle.
A B C D
42. He could not decide whether to get a job or studying.
155
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
A B C D
43.. They speak English well because they practise speak it every day.
A B C D
44. She smelt something burning and saw smoke rise.
A B C D
45.You can congratulate yourself about having done an excellent job.
A B C D
IV. Sentence transformation
1. “Shall we go out for a change?” She said
She suggested……………………………………………………………………
2. “I am sorry I didn’t do the homework,” Tom said.
Tom apologized …………………………………………………………………
3. He left school early. He didn’t become an engineer.
If…………………………………………………………………………………
4. My parents don’t allow me to go out with friends at night.
My parent never let………………………………………………………………
5. I am not a doctor, so I can’t give you good advice.
If…………………………………………………………………………………
6. First Tom did all his homework, then he played his favorite game.
After…………………………………………………………………………….
7. “If I were you, I wouldn’t buy that coat,” Mary said.
Mary said………………………………………………………………………..
8. “I will come to see you if I have time,” Peter said to Susan.
Peter told………………………………………………………………………………

V. Sentences Combination
1. Lisa had done all her homework. She went out for a walk. (using the perfect participle)
 ..............................................................................................................................................
2. He had read the instruction. He snatched up the fire extinguisher. (using the perfect participle)
 ..............................................................................................................................................
3. They had taken her to the zoo. The girl forgot that (Use “passive gerund”)
 ..............................................................................................................................................
4. They had invited me to the party. I expected that. (Use “passive infinitive”)
 ..............................................................................................................................................
5. She locked all the doors. She went to bed. (Use “a Present participle”)
 ..............................................................................................................................................

Key WRITING
IV. Sentence transformation
1. “Shall we go out for a change?” She said
She suggested going out for a change.
2. “I am sorry I didn’t do the homework,” Tom said.
Tom apologized for not doing the homework.
3. He left school early. He didn’t become an engineer.
156
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
If he hadn’t left school early, he would have become an engineer.
4. My parents don’t allow me to go out with friends at night.
My parent never let me go out with friends at night.
5. I am not a doctor, so I can’t give you good advice.
If I were a doctor, I could/would give you good advice.
6. First Tom did all his homework, then he played his favorite game.
After Tom had done/did all his homework, he played his favorite game.
7. “If I were you, I wouldn’t buy that coat,” Mary said.
Mary said (that) if she were me she wouldn’t buy that coat.
8. “I will come to see you if I have time,” Peter said to Susan.
Peter told Susan (that) he would come to see her if he had time.

V. Sentences Combination
1. Lisa had done all her homework. She went out for a walk. (using the perfect participle)
 .Having done all her homework, Lisa went out for a walk.
2. He had read the instruction. He snatched up the fire extinguisher. (using the perfect participle)
 Having read the instruction, He snatched up the fire extinguisher.
3. They had taken her to the zoo. The girl forgot that (Use “passive gerund”)
→ The girl forgot being taken to the zoo.
4. They had invited me to the party. I expected that. (Use “passive infinitive”)
→ I expected to be invited to the party.
5. She locked all the doors. She went to bed. (Use “a Present participle”)
 Locking all the doors, she went to bed.

Tiết 51 ,52 Sample test 1,2


Mã đề 501 Page 1/3
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
SỞ GD & ĐT QUẢNG NAM
TRƯỜNG THPT NGUYỄN HIỀN
(Đề gồm có 03 trang)
KIỂM TRA CUỐI HỌC KỲ I NĂM HỌC 2022-2023
Môn: TIẾNG ANH – Lớp 11 (7 năm)
Thời gian: 45 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)
MÃ ĐỀ 501
I. LISTENING (1.5 points)
Christina is being interviewed about the most unforgettable experience in her life. Listen to the
interview, and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer
157
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
from question 1 to question 6. (You will hear the conversation twice)
Question 1: When did Christina’s most unforgettable experience happen?
A. 31 years ago B. 30 years ago C. 33 years ago D. 13 years ago
Question 2: The fire started ______ where Christina forgot to turn off the gas stove.
A. in the readingroom B. in the kitchen
C. in the bedroom D. in the livingroom
Question 3: She was ______ when she was suddenly woken up by terrible heat.
A. watching B. reading C. sleeping D. living
Question 4: When she heard her mother’s voice calling her name, she ______.
A. cried loudly B. shouted to her mother
C. rushed to her mother D. ran to her mother.
Question 5: Before the fire, she was ______.
A. honest B. selfish C. helpful D. modest
Question 6: After the fire, she really appreciated her ______ more than things.
A. family B. constancy C. sympathy D. attitude
II. THE USE OF LANGUAGE (3.0 points)
Question 7. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
A. adult B. candle C. talk D. flower
Question 8. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three
in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
A. success B. visit C. support D. attend
Question 9. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word in the following question.
Two friends must know each other so well that there can be no suspicions between them.
A. doubts B. trust C. gaps D. differences
Question 10. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word in the following question.
The government admitted that there was a petrol shortage, but warned people against panic
buying.
A. plenty B. abundance C. lack D. excess
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of
the following questions.
Question 11. ______ her old teacher again, she felt very happy.
A. Seen B. See C. Seeing D. To see
Question 12. A ______ is the person who decides the winner of a competition or contest.
A. competitor B. representative C. sponsor D. judge
Question 13. If she ______ sick, she would have gone out with me to the party.
A. hadn’t been B. wasn’t C. weren’t D. hasn’t been
Question 14. Shy people often find it difficult to ______ group discussions.
A. take place in B. take part in C. get on with D. get in touch
Question 15. We should have a talk show to make people aware ______ the problems of
overpopulation.
A. with B. about C. of D. on
Question 16. In the United Stated, people of all ages ______ birthdays.
A. present B. display C. prefer D. celebrate
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
158
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 17. She was in a very embarrassed situation. She felt so stupid and didn’t know
what to say.
A. embarrassed B. felt C. stupid D. what to say
Question 18. We were having lunch when we were hearing news from our neighbour.
A. having lunch B. when C. were hearing D. from
III. READING (2.0 points)
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Each year, volunteers from Great Britain work abroad: teachers, nurses, engineers, and
people with special skills. They do not go for money. Volunteers from Voluntary Services
Overseas (VSO) receive the (19) _______ pay as a local colleague.
VSO first (20) _______ in 1958 when 14 young school leavers went away for a year. Only
three years later there were 176 volunteers in 25 different countries, and ten years later there were
15,000 volunteers. At first almost everybody was young, and without very much experience. But
in the late 1960s, VSO reduced the number ((21) _______ young people, and older and older,
experienced people with different skills went abroad.
Now, more than 20,000 people from Britain have worked abroad as (22) _______, some
young, others old, some highly skilled men and women. Abroad, they live simply, with the
people of the country, and they return to Britain with greatest understanding of other people in
other parts of the world.
D. different
Question 19. A.as Question 20. A.started B. like B. had C. same C. start D. has started
Question 21. A.at started B. on C. of C. voluntary D. about
D. voluntarily
Question 22. A.volunteers B. volunteering
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions.
Giving a dinner party is a wonderful way of entertain people. You can also make new friends
and give others the chance to get to know each other better. It needs planning, though. First,
make a guest list, with different kinds of people and a mixture of women and men. Don’t invite
couples because they aren’t so much fun.
When you know who can come, find out what they like to eat and drink. Note down any who
are vegetarians, or who can’t eat or drink certain things for religious reasons. Then plan their
menu. Include a first course, a choice of main courses and a dessert, plus lots of people’s
favourite drinks.The next thing to do is the shopping. Make sure buy more than enough of
everything, and that someone can help you carry it! On the day, start cooking early. Give people
appetizers like Greek mezze or Spanish tapas, so they don’t get hungry if they have to wait. Serve
the delicious meal, sit down with your guests and have a good time – you’ve earned it!
Question 23. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as the purpose of giving a dinner party?
A. to entertain people
B. to make new friends
C. to get people to know more about their host and hostess D. to help people to know each other better.
Question 24. The word “It” in line 2 refers to….…...….
A. A party B. A meal C. The way D. The chance
Question 25. The menu should include these EXCEPT .......... .
A. a first course B. a supper C. a dessert D. main courses
159
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Question 26. What should you do while the guests are having their evening meal?
A. Stand beside the guests without doing anything.
B. Sit down with the guests and have a good time.
C. Sit down with the guests to show your politeness.
D. Only serve the guests with the food.
IV. WRITING (2.0 points)
Combine two sentences into one by using some cues given in brackets.
Question 27. Lisa had done all her homework. She went out for a walk. (Using “Perfect Participle”) 
______________________________________________________________________. Question 28.
They had invited me to the party. I expected that. (Using “Passive Infinitive”)
 ______________________________________________________________________.
Rewrite the sentences so that it means exactly the same as the one printed before it.
Question 29. Shall we go out for a change?” she said
She suggested ____________________________________________________________. Question 30.
“I will come to see you if I have time,” Peter said to Susan.
Peter told ________________________________________________________________.
V. SPEAKING: (1.5 pts)
PART 1. The introduction about yourself.
(Greeting, name, class, school, hobby, family, dream, ...)
PART 2. Topics
Topic 1. Talk about your best friend.
You can use the following cues:
- How long have you known each other?
- What does he/she look like?
- What is he/she like?
- What qualities do you admire in him/her?
...
Topic 2. Talk about your unforgettable birthday party.
You can use the following cues:
- When did it happen?
- Who were the guests?
- What was special about it?
- How did you feel after the party?
...
Topic 3. Talk about a kind of volunteer work you and your friend usually do to help people.
You can use the following cues:
- What kind of volunteer work do you usually do?
- What exactly do you usually do?
- What are its benefits?
- Do you enjoy it?
...
---THE END

Tiết 53,54 1st TERM EXAM


CORRECTION- 1st TERM EXAM

160
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
   

Period: 55
I. Objectives:
By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to read and find the key words in situations,
information and contents of reading to relate to the facts
Language focus:
*Vocabulary: courteous, fascimile, notify, spacious, speedy, recipient
* Skill: reading comprehension
II. Method and Tecniques
-Communicative approach, Integrated, mainly communicative
II. Teaching aids: text book , hand outs, boards
III. Procedures:
I. Warm up(5’)
T shows some pictures on the posters about the post office and asks Ss:
-What can you see in the photos?
-How far is it from your house to near the post ofice?
-Have you ever been there?
-What services do you think the post office offer?---T leads to the new lesson
II.New lesson:

R Contents T & Ss’activities


_ Ts gives some more questions
* Pre-reading : 5’ Take notes.
- Explains the new words : - Mail and Parcel service, Express - Gives English equivalents, or
Money Transfer, Phone calls and Faxes, Press Distribution, Vietnamese meanings of the new words
spacious, courteous, speedy, receive, subscribe,… if possible.
- Encourages the Ss to give English equivalents, or Vietnamese
161
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
meanings of the new words.
How often do you go to the Post Office? What for?
What services do you think the Post Office offers
*Vocabulary: -T uses some method and teniques to
-spacious(a)= large(a) teach the vocabularies
-courteous(a) = polite -S listen and give the meaning of these
-speedy(a) =quick. Fast words
-To notify(v)= announce -T modern and asks ss to repeat in
-recipient(n) =receiver(n) chorus and individually
-fascimile(n)= fax,
-subcribe(v)= đăng kí _ Free answers.
-secure(a)=
*Checking vocabulary: RO & R _ T gets Sts to read the text silently to
* While reading : 25’ do the task.
* Task 1:Circle the letter (A, B, C or D) before the word _ T explain how to do the task.
that has the opposite meaning to the italicised word. _ T goes round to help them with their
Cramped , spacious speedy, slow work and correct their mistakes if
Rude, courteous original, changed possible.
Key: 1. C 2. B 3. D 4. C _ T can write some pairs of adjectives
opposite in meaning for Sts to
understand it.
Sts do their task in their note books

Sts do their task in their note books.


_ Some Sts will go to the board to write
their answers.

- T asks Ss to reread the passage to do


*Task 2.Read the text again and answer the questions task 2.
_ T goes around to help Sts with their
Key:
difficulties.
1. It’s equipped with advanced technology and a spacious and
_ T gets some Sts to answer the
pleasant front office.
questions.
2. Mail and Parcel Service, express Money Transfer, Phone
Calls and Faxes, Press Distribution.
3. They are air mail, surface mail, and the Express Mail
Service (EMS).
_ T lets Sts find in the text the evidence
4. It’s used for notifying the recipient of the time and place to
to support the statements.
receive the call.
_ T calls some Sts to do their task on
5. You’ll have to subscribe to your favourite newspapers and
the board and T will correct the task.
magazines.
* Task 3.Find the evidence in the text to support these
statements:
Key
_ Sts do their task in their note books.
1. The Post Office opens daily from 7 am to 9 pm.
_ Some Sts will go to the board to write
2. We offer a very competitive rate for parcels of under 15 kg.
their answers.
3. We also have the Express Mail Service and your EMS mail
will be delivered in the shorted possible time .

162
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
4. We offer a speedy and secure service of transferring money
in less than 24 hours.
* Post-reading : 10’
T gets Sts to answer the questions in After you read (p.102)
* Homework : 2’ Group work.
_ Asks Sts to prepare for the next period_ speaking. Free answers.

II.New lesson:

WEEK 20
PERIOD 56

UNIT 9 THE POST OFFICE


LESSON 2: SPEAKING
A)Objectives:
-By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to MAKE THE CONVERSATIONS TO SURCRIBE USING
A SERVICE AT THE POST OFFICE
*Vocabulary:
-instal, installation, registration, surcribe, take place, excuse me, what can I do for you
* Skill: speaking comprehension
C)Techniques:
-role play, group works, ask and answer
I. Warm up: 3’
_ Have you ever gone to the post-office to send a letter ?
_ Have you ever used the services of the Post Office?
II.New lesson

163
T Contents T & Ss’ activities
Take notes.
- Gives English equivalents,
Lesson*- planning
Pre-speaking : 10’
Explains the new words : Tieng Anh 11 School meanings
or Vietnamese year: 2022of -
2023 installation (n) , - install (v),: s ư đ ăng k í the new words if possible.
registration (n)
take place(v) surcribe(v)
_ Sts close their text books.
Task 1. work in pairs. Act the dialogue and then answer the _ Sts rearrange the sentences
question: What service is the customer using in the dialogue? to have a correct dialogue.
_ T asks Sts to close their text books. -T Encourages the Ss to give
- T shows a board with the dialogue of Task 1 written on it put in English equivalents, or
jumbled order. T asks Sts to rearrange the sentences to have a Vietnamese meanings of the
correct dialogue. new words.
. - T asks some Sts to read the
_ Ask Sts to answer the question : dialogue
What service is the customer using in the dialogue?
Key: - Pair work.
The service the customer using is the

* While speaking : 20’


Task 2:Make a conversation from the suggestions below .The
conversation takes place at the post office between a clerk (A) _ T uses a board to give the
and a customer (B) who wants to have a telephone line cues for doing Task 2
installed at home - T asks Sts to make a
. conversation from the
A. Good morning. Can / help / you? suggestion in Task 2.
B. Yes, I / like / have / telephone line/ installed / home .
A. Well. Can/ have/ address,/ please ?
B. 03 Phan Dang Luu Street. When/ it/ done ? T asks some pairs of Sts to
A. installation/ take / week / your registration. act out the conversation
B. Well, Can / come /Friday,/ please? /
A. Yes, / fine. / you /got /a telephone /yet?
B. Oh, yes. /I’ve /one / already.. And, how much / the installation
fee / monthly fee ?
A. Well / installation fee / three hundred thousand / the monthly
fee /twenty seven thousand /. Fill / this form, /please.
.
- Key:
A. Good morning. Can I help you?
B. Yes, I’d like to have a telephone line installed at home .
A. Well, Can I have your address, please ?
B. 03 Phan Dang Luu Street. When can it be done ?
A. The installation will take place about one week after your
registration.
B. Well, Can you come on Friday, please?
A. Yes, that’s fine. Have you got a telephone yet?
B. Oh, yes. I’ve got one already. And, how much is the installation
fee and monthly fee ?
A. Well, The installation fee is three hundred thousand dongs and
the monthly fee is twenty seven thousand dong. Fill in this form,
please.
* Post - speaking : 10’

Task 3:- Your best friend’s birthday is on May 05. You want to
send her / him a greeting card and a bunch of red roses on his / her
- Asks the Ss to use the
birthday by using the Flower Telegram Service of the Post Office.
dialogue in Task 1 to make a
Key: 164
new dialogue for the
A. Excuse me! following situation :
B. Yes? What can I do for you?
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
WEEK 20
PERIOD 57

UNIT 9 THE POST OFFICE


LESSON 3: LISTENING
A)Objectives:
-By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to
1. Listen to the paragraphs for the specific information.
2. Understand the development of the telephone networks in Vietnam.
3. Summarize the contents of the lesson.

B) Language focus:
*Vocabulary:
-courteous, fascimile, notify, spacious, speedy, recipient
* Skill: Listening comprehension
C)Techniques:
-Chatting ,RO & R, multiple choice, ask and answer, discussion
D)Teaching aids:- text book , hand outs, boards,
-Textbook, Cassette, Pictures, Real objects.
E) Time: 45 minutes
F) Procedures:
T Contents T & Ss’ activities
Look at the real object and the pictures then
Warm up (2 minutes) listen and answer the teacher’s questions.

- Let students see the cellphone and some pictures of


the post office the ask students some questions to
lead in the new lesson.
*Check up: - T asks students to work in pairs.
-Make a conversation at the post office -T asks some of the students to answer the
Pre- listening (10 minutes) questions in front of the class.
- Have students listen and repeat some words in the
book then introduce some difficult new words in the - Work in pairs to ask and answer some
listening text. questions in the book (page 105).
- Vocabulary: - Answer the questions before the class.
- Commune(n) : cong dong -Ask students to read through task 1 then
- Communual(a): su phat trien cong dong listen to the tape to choose the best
- Rural network(n) : mang luoi nong thon answers.
- Capacity(n) : kha nang , nang luc - Listen and repeat
- Digit surcriber(n) : nguoi dang ki con so Listen to the tape to do task 1

While - listening (20 minutes)


*Task 1: Listen and choose the best answer (A< B< C or D)
for the following the statements: *- Ss work in pairs
- Play the tape more than three times if necessary -Ask students to read the questions in task
- Ask students to read aloud their answer and give reason 2 then play the tape for the students to
foe their choice. listen again to do it.
- Correct the students’ answers. - Have students compare their answers with
Suggested answers: their friends.
165
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
1. b 2. d 3.c 4.d 5.c - Ask some students to write their answers
*Task 2:Lis ten again and answer the questions: on the board.
Suggested answers: - correct and explain the answers sentence
1. Chine has the highest growth in the number of telephone by sentence
subscribers.
2. In the early 1990s,there were only 140,000 telephones in
Vietnam. -
3. In 1996,the fixed telephone numbers were changed from
six to seven digits in Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh city as well as
five to six digits in other provinces.
4. In 2001.
5. there 6014 communal post offices in Vietnam.
Post- listening (10 minutes) - Read aloud the answer and explain the
- Ask students to work in groups to retell the main points of reason why to choose that answer.
the lesson. - Listen to the teacher’s correction.
- Go around the class to help students if necessary and to
make sure that all the students take part in the lesson. - Note down the answers

-Ask some of the students to retell the main points of the - Note down the answers
lesson in front of the class.
- comment
Homework (3 minute) - Work in groups of four to retell the main
- Ask students to write the summary of the lesson they have points.
just learnt and prepare for the next lesson : Part D:
WRITING

WEEK 20
PERIOD 58
UNIT 9 THE POST OFFICE
LESSON 4: WRITING
A)Objectives:
-By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to write a letter to express their satisfaction or dissatisfaction of the
services of the Post Office.
Lexical items: quality, prices, security condition, the attitude of the staff.
Teaching aids :
- the picture in the text book, text book.
B) Language focus:
*Vocabulary:
-puntuallt, security, pickpocket, arrogant
*grammar:Simple present tense
C)Techniques:
-ordering words, RO & R, write it up

D) Time : 45’
E) Procedures:
I.Check up:
*Answer the questions:
166
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
1.Which countries has the highest growth in the number of telephone surcribers?
2.How does Vietnam for growth in the number of telephone surcribers?
3.How many communal post office era there in Vietnam?
II. Warm up(Ordering words)
-Ss read the following adjectives and order ones make can people / thing satisfied
*polite, rude, cold, helpful, spacious,, cramped, large ,small, good, bad./ reasonable, cheap,
punctual, arrogant, reliable
*Answers: polite, spacious, large, good, cheap, reasonalbe
C)Techniques:
-Chatting ,RO & R, multiple choice, ask and answer, discussion
D)Teaching aids:- text book , hand outs, boards,
-Textbook, Cassette, Pictures, Real objects.
E) Time: 45 minutes
F) Procedures

T Contents T & Ss’activities


* Warm up: 3’ -_ Teacher raised a few guiding
Have you ever used a service of the Post Office ? Are you questions :
satisfied with the services ? -Free answers(Ss)

* Pre-writing : 10’
- Explains the new words : the quality of the equipment,
arrogant, pickpocket.
- Encourages the Ss to give English equivalents, or Vietnamese
meanings of the new words.
- Gives English equivalents, or
Task 1.Work with a partner .Imaagine that you have been using Vietnamese meanings of the new
some of the services provided by Thanh Ba post office .Discuss the words if possible.
thing that may make you satisfied (or dissatisfied ) with the service
there .
_ T gives Sts some useful structures to discuss: - Pair work
- Take notes. - Gives English equivalents, or
- I think…. Vietnamese meanings of the new
- I believe … words if possible.
- As I know….. -Ss work in pairs , after that work
*Some useful languages: in groups
1*the opening hours of the post office-too late/too early
2*The quality of the equipment -good /bad /poor quality.nee
3*The security conditions of the post office
-good/bad /poor security condition
4* The atitude of the staff—polite, helpful, rude /arrogant
5* The prices of the services- low/high/ reasonable
6*The puntuality of delivery of ltters and newspapers
--always/never puntual/sometimes late/letters and newspapers
are lost*
While writing : 20’
Task 2:After a year in the job, the director of Thanh Ba
post office has invited residents in the neighbourhood to
167
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
write letter to him describing the quality of the services they
have received.Write such a letter , using the ideas you _ T can help Sts to write their
discussed in Task 1 letters.
Suggested key _ T can divide the class into three
Dear Sir, I have been using the services provided by Thanh Ba group. One group will write their
Post Office for years and I am writing in respond to your call for satisfaction . the other will write
customers to express their satisfaction or dissatisfaction. their dissatisfaction. The last one
Like many other customers, I find your Post Office a well- will write about both.
equipped and reliable address for our needs in communication. I
am really impressed by your spacious place for transaction. The
seats in the lobby are pretty and always clean. The nine Pair work

telephone boxes are always available so customers don’t have to


wait to make their calls. More interestingly, I appreciate your
ideas of offering envelopes free of charge. The cost of an
envelope can be small but your care for customers is surely not. I
also have my belief in your service quality. The fax machines are
always in good condition and my colleagues in the provinces
have never complained about the quality of the documents I sent
them.
However, there are some minor drawbacks that need
mentioning here. Although the parking area is large, it has no
security guards and I sometimes feel insecure leaving my
motorbike there. And I think it would be much better if the Post
Office is open until 11 pm so that customers can have more
access to your services. And I think you also need to pay
attention to the attitude of some of your staff who sometimes
seem a bit cold and not very helpful. Group work.
I know that making everyone satisfied is hard work and Some Sts go to the board to write
sometimes seems impossible . What you and your staff have the parts of their letters
done so far for the development of the Post Office is
encouraging and this letter is written in the hope that your post
office will become better and better in future.
Yours sincerely,
Nguyen Phu.
 Post - writing : 10’
_ T goes around the class to help students to write their letters.
_ T asks some Sts to go to the board to write the parts of their
letters ( each of them a part).

* Homework : 2’
_ Asks Sts to prepare for the next period_ Language focus.

WEEK 21
PERIOD 59
UNIT 9 THE POST OFFICE
LESSON 5: LANGUAGE FOCUS
A)Objectives:
-By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to
168
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Students can pronounce the consonant clusters : / sp/ , / st /, and / sk /
- Review defining and non-defining relative clauses.
Lexical items:
speak, speech, speedy, crisp, spacious, Stanley, stand, stop, best, text, ask, disk, dusk, skill, school, steal, brave,
pay rent, break into a house to steal things, coward, burglar, shoplifter, tenant, pacifist.
Teaching aids :
- the picture in the text book, text book.
: B)Techniques
ROLE PLAY, ,GAP- FILLING, combine the sentences
D) Time : 45’
E) Procedures:
I.Check up:
-Write some insructions how to write a letter to the director of the post office
II. New lesson
T Contents T & Ss’activities
 Pronunciation ( 10’)
Listen and repeat
_ T reads aloud the words with the consonant clusters : / sp/ , / _ T asks Sts to repeat, and
st /, and / sk / twice : speak, speech, speedy, crisp, spacious, correct their wrong
Stanley, stand, stop, best, text, ask, disk, dusk, skill, school. pronunciation if necessary.

Practise reading aloud this dialogue.


_ T reads aloud the dialogue on page 108.
A. Ladies and gentlemen..
B. Speak up, Stanley.
A. I stand before you.
B. Speak up, Stanley!
A. On this School Speech Day…
B. Do speak up!
A. ON THIS SCHOOL DAY..
B. Stop shouting, Stanley!
A. And I speak for both my wife and myself, when I say..
B. Speak up, Stanley!
A. SPEAK UP, STANLEY!

 Grammar : 30’ _ T reviews defining and non-


 *Some new words defining relative clauses.
: steal, brave, pay rent, break into a house to steal things, - Explains the new words
coward, burglar, shoplifter, tenant, pacifist,

- Encourages the Ss to give


English equivalents, or
Vietnamese meanings of the
1)Adjectives/Relative clauses new words.
a) Defining /retrictive clauses: -T reminds some the ways of
M ênh đ ê t ính t ư x ác đ ịnh hay gi ơ í h ạn l à th ành ph ânf using of the relative clauses
c ủa kh ông b ỏ d ư ơc
b)Non-defining relative clause Take notes.
L à m ênh đ ê gi ải th ích th êm cho ti ên t ô đ ưng ơ ph ía tr ư - Gives English equivalents, or
ơc v à c ó th ê b ỏ đi trong th ành ph ân c ủa c âu Vietnamese meanings of the
169
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
new words if possible.
Exercise 1.Explain what the words below mean, using the
phrases ffrom the box
Key: _ Sts do the exercise 1.
An architect is someone who designs buildings.
1. A burglar is someone who breaks into a house to steal
things.
2. An customer is someone who buys something from a shop. _ T asks Sts to do the exercise
3. A shoplifter is someone who steals from a shop. 1(p.109) in their text books.
4. A coward is someone who is not brave.
5. A tenant is someone who pays rent to live in a house or in a
flat.
_ T goes around to help them
with their work.
Exercise 2.Complete the sentences , using who ., whom or _ T asks some Sts to go to the
whose board to write the exercise.
_ T corrects it.
_ T asks Sts to do the exercise 2(p.109) in their text books.
_ T goes around to help them with their work.
_ T asks some Sts to go to the board to write the exercise.
_ T corrects it and reviews defining and non-defining relative
clauses for Sts. Sts take notes.
them . - Gives English equivalents, or
_ Key: Vietnamese meanings of the
1. who 2. whose 3. whom 4. whose 5. whom new words if possible.

_ Sts do the exercise 2.

Exercise 3.Join the sentences , using who , that or which


Key _ T asks Sts to do the exercise
1. The man who answers the phone told me ….. 3(p.109) in their text books.
2. The waitress who served us was very impolite.. _ T goes around to help them
3. The building which was destroyed in the fire has now been with their work.
…. _ T asks some Sts to go to the
4. The people who were arrested have now been board to write the exercise.
5. The bus that goes to the airport runs every… _ T corrects it.

- Sts take notes.


- Gives English equivalents, or
Vietnamese meanings of the
new words if possible.
_ Sts do the exercise 3.

Exercise 4.Join the sentences below, using who , whose or T asks Sts to do the exercise
which 4(p.110) in their text books.
_ _ T goes around to help them
Key with their work.
1. Peter, who has never been abroad, is studying . _ T asks some Sts to go to the
2. You’ve all met M.M, who is visiting….. board to write the exercise.
170
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
3. We are moving to Manchester, which is …. _ T corrects it.
4. I’ll be staying with Adrian, whose brother….
5. J.B, who has gone to live in Canada, is one ..
Homework ( 5’)
_ Reviews defining and non-defining relative clauses for Sts. - Sts take notes.
_ Asks Sts to prepare for the next Unit 10. - Gives English equivalents, or
Vietnamese meanings of the
new words if possible.

_ Sts do the exercise 4.

Period 60: Review


UNIT 9: THE POST OFFICE
Vocabulary:
- Antonym =opposite / - synonym: spacious( ≠ cramped ,= large),
- courteous(≠ rude/impolite,=polite), - speedy(≠slow , quick),
- original,equip(equipment, equipped) , subscribe,
- services(Express Money Transfer, Press Distribution, Express Mail Service=EMS, Fax Transmission, Mail and
Parcel Service)
- Definitions: burglar , customer, shoplifter, coward, tenant, architect
2. Preposition: be equipped with , by + phuong tien( by air) , provide sth for so (provide so with sth)
3. Grammar: Relative clause, relative pronoun
I.CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWER
1. I’m working on a firm ______ main office is in London.
a. that b. whose c. whom d. why.
2. A(n) _____ is someone who designs buildings.
a. customer b. shoplifter c. tenant d. architect
3. A ___ is someone who is not brave.
a. shoplifter b. tenant c. coward d. architect
4.If you want ……………………..to your favourite newspapers , we will have them delivered to your house early
in the morning
a. buy b. send c. transmit d. subscribe
5. The hotel staff are always friendly and courteous.
a. perfect b. helpful c. polite d. efficient
6. Fax ___ has become more and more popular because it is cheap and convenient.
a. exchange b. distance c. sending d. transmission
7. Dr. Harder, that is the professor for this class, will be absent this week because of his illness.
A B C D
8. I want to have this sum of money sent to Sydney by------------Money Transfer Service.
a. Press b. Speedy c. Quickly d. Express
9. Their house,------------------------was destroyed in the storm, is now being rebuilt.
a. whom b.which c. whose d. that
10. The police are asking the man-------------------------car has been stolen.
a. whose b. whom c. which d. that
11. A __________ is a person who buys something from a shop.
a. burglar b. customer c. shoplifter d. coward

171
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
12. My uncle, _____ you met yesterday, is a lawyer.
a. that b.whom c. whose d. which
13. A. shoplifter is someone who …………………….
a. buys something from a shop b. steals from a shop
c. breaks into a house to steal things d.lives in a shop
14. If you want to send a document and do not want to lose its __ shape, our facsimile service will help you.
a.original b. beginning c. starting d. initial
15. The opposite of “courteous” is “ _____________’.
a. polite b. large c.rude d. helpful
16. I would like to send this letter... air mail.
a.over b.by c.in d.with
17 The opposite of the word “spacious” is the word ………….
a.larger b.beautiful c. cramped d. open
18. Everest is in Himalayas. It is the highest mountain in the world.
a. Everest ,that is the highest mountain in the world, is in Himalayas
b. Everest, which is the highest mountain in the world, is in Himalayas
c. Everest ,who is the highest mountain in the world is in Himalayas
d. Everest is in Himalayas which is the highest mountain in the world
19. There was a ... ……………..parking area in front of the supermarket. a.thoughtful
b. spacious c. courteous d .well-trained
20. This school is only for chilrren whom first language is not English
a. is only b. chilren c. whom d.is not
21 The woman...live next door to us is a doctor.
a who b.whom c. whose d.which
22. Which service do you choose to sent your friend a gift?
a Mail and Parcel Service b Press Distribution
c Phone Call an Fax d Express Money Transfer
23. A waiter served us. He was impolite and impatient.
a The waiter whom was impolite and impatient served us
b The waiter that served us was impolite and impatient.
c The waiter who served us he was impolite and impatient.
d The waiter was impolite and impatient who served us
24. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently.
a. transfer b. facsimile c. fax d. spacious
25 Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently.
a school b skill c speechd dusk
26. Tom is in very angry. His car was broken down.
a Tom is very angry, whose car was broken down
b Tom, whose car was broken down, is very angry.
c Tom , who is very angry, his car was broken down
d Tom who car was broken down is very angry.
27. A burglar is someone who break into a house to steal things.
a b c d
28. Thanh Ba Post Office offers the ____ Mail Service which is particularly fast.
a. Efficient b. Reliable c. Secure d. Express
29. This post office is ____ with advanced technology.
a. given b. crowded c. full d.equipped
30.Thanh Ba post office provides customers________ the Messenger Call Services
a.with b. of c. at d. about
31.Post offices offer a special mail service which is called ____.
a. ESM b. EMS c. SEM d. MES
172
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
32.The engineers…………..designed the building received an award
a. which b. who c. whom d. whose
33. the engineers …………………enthusiasm was obvious finished the work quickly.
a. which b. who c. whom d. whose
34. I don’t know the name of ……….whom I met yesterday.
a.the building b.the shop c.the woman d.the thing
.
II. COMPLETE EACH SENTENCE, USING RELATIVE PRONOUNS:
1.Mrs. Brown,……….is 45, as four children.
2.This is the boy ……studied with me in high school.
3.I don’t know the name of the woman ………...I met yesterday at the station.
4.Mary,………sits next year to me, is good at math.
5.An orphan is a child ………….parents are dead.
6.Colin told me about his new job,………..he’s enjoying very much.
7.My office,…………..is on the second floor of the building ,is very small.
8.The people……………..we met at the party were very friendly.
9.Amy,…………..car had broken down, was in a very bad mood.
10.I thought I recognized the assistant…………….served us.
11.This school is only for children ……………….first language is not English
12.The engineer... ……designed the building got an award.

PERIOD 61

UNIT 10 NATURE IN DANGER


PART A: READING
 OBJECTIVES:
Aims:To help students know nature in danger and have the concept and importance of
conservation.
Lexical items:
Vocabulary: To present new vocabulary in the text.
Teaching aids : pictures
Skills: Reading for gist and for specific information
 METHOD: Integrated, mainly communicative
 PROCEDURE:
T Contents T & Ss ‘activities
Warm-up (3ms) - T gives feedback and sticks
- Teacher shows 2 pictures( A: a beautiful forest and B: a B on the board.
forest with cut-down trees), saying: “Now look at the 2 - T shows the other 4 pictures:
pictures please. What is the difference between the 2 T asks students: “Who does
pictures?” these things?”
C: a clean beach - Teacher gives feedback,
D: a dirty beach introduces the lesson and
E: living elephants writes the title on the board.
F: killed elephants
- Teacher points to the pictures on the board, saying: “ Our Students listening to the
173
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
nature is being destroyed. Many trees are cut down. Water teacher, look at the pictures
is not clean any more and many animals have been killed. and answer the questions.
Pre-reading(8ms)
- T asks Ss look at the pictures in the textbook and say what they Ss answer the questions.
are. T has Ss work in pairs , read the
-Vocabularies: T asks Ss to have a look at the text quickly and facts about endangered species
pick out . and then discuss the questions in
 the same meaning words : people, ……………………. the textbook (P.114
 the verbs referring to destroy nature: influence, affect,
………………………
 the verbs referring to protect environment: protect, save,
………………
some expressions: have a great influence on, result in,
* Expected answers:
- people, human race, human beings
- change, destroy, kill, cut, disappear
-set up ,raise, prohibit, establish
- as the result, so ….that.., in danger of becoming extinct
T reads or plays the recording of
While-reading(24ms) the reading
. T gives feedback text
Task 1: The words in the box appear in the passage .Fill each T has Ss do task 1
blank with a suitble word
-Ss listen to T or to the recording.
. -Ss read the text and give the
* Keys answers to task 1
1. extinct 2. protect -T gives feedback
3. decreasing 4 .pollutants
5. endangered 6.infterference -Ss read the text again and do
the activity.*Keys: (Pair-work)
Task 2: T asks Ss to work in pairs , read the text again and then
circle A, B, C, or D that best sums up each paragraph.
*Keys: 1.C 2.B 3.A 4.C
.
Task 3: T asks Ss to work in pairs and read the text carefully to
answer the questions in the textbook. -Ss read the text again and do
*Keys: the activity: (Pair-work)
1. Four ways that people change the world are: - T gives feedback
-changing the environment the environment by building cities
and villages.
-affecting the water supply by using water for industry and
agriculture.
- changing weather conditions by cutting down trees in the
forests.
- destroying the air by adding pollutants like smoke from
factories and fumes from cars.

2. The serious consequences of people’s interference with the


environment are:
- many kinds rare animals are killed.
- the environment where these animals are living is badly
174
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
destroyed.
- the numbers of rare animals are decreasing so rapidly that they
are in danger of becoming extinct.

Post-reading(8ms): Find out why some animals have become


extinct -Discuss (group-work)
-T asks Ss to work in groups and discuss and find out why some
animals have become extinct.
-T corrects them when necessary.
-Do the homework
Homework (2ms) T ask Ss to prepare the next skill

WEEK 22
PERIOD 62

UNIT 10 NATURE IN DANGER


PART B: SPEAKING
I. Objectives
1. Aim: Students learn to give the reasons and ways to protect the environment and nature.
2. Lexical items: Words and phrases related to the reasons why nature is threatened and the measures for
protecting it.
3. Structures: Passive voice with model should: SHOULD BE PAST PART.
4. Teaching aids: handout, textbook , board, chalk, pictures
II. Procedure
1.Check up: Answer the questions
*What are the four ways by which human beings are changing the world?
*What are the serious consequences of people’s interference with the environment?
*What has been done to protect environment?
2 New lesson

T Contents T & Ss’activities


- T gives handouts ,
Warm –up (3’) Game: suggests some explanations,
encourages sts to give the
key word
1
2
3
4 Individual work
5 - Find the word in each row,
6 give the key word

1- man kind (3 letters)


2 - preparing soil, land for growing crops (11 letters)
3 - substance that pollutes (9 letters)
4 - animal skin , used for making clothes (3 letters)
175
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
5 - substance added to soil to enrich it (10 letters)
6 - chemical substance used to kill insects (9 letters)
Key:
- T helps sts pronounce the
1 M A N following words in task 1
2 C U L T I V A T I O N T makes sure they all
3 P O L L U T A N T understand the word ( by asking
4 F U R them to give Vietnamese
5 F E R T I L I Z E R equivalents)
6 P E S T I C I D E
Pre-speaking (10’) T has sts look at the pictures
*Vocabulary - Asks them what the people
endangered, hunting, capturing, recreation , in the pictures are doing
fertilizer ,pesticides, cultivation, discharging, pollutants. - Encourages sts to use the
. phrases in task 1 to answer -
While- speaking (25’) the question
Task 1: Below are some reasons why nature is Ask sts to read the instruction
threatened .Put them in order of importance and make sure they all
Task 2Match the reasonsin task one with possible
mesures for protecting the environment in the box below
- Explains structure : SHOULD BE PAST PART. is
used to say what needs to be done Take notes
Ex: More trees should be planted. - give examples
The blackboards should be cleaned after every class.
- Encourages sts to give a few more examples Pair work
- Walks around the class to see if sts have any problem in Each pair of students presents
pronunciation. one reason and one measure.
- Gives comments after each presentation. Pair work
Key: - Present their conversation in
Reasons why natures is threatned: front of the class
1- Killing endangered animals for fur, skin ,and food
2- Keeping animals as pets.
3- Burning the forests Cutting down trees for food.
4- Using fertilizers and pesticides for cultivation - SS know to do the task
5- Discharging chemical pollutants into the environment. -T has three or four sts present
their orders ( and reasons if
Task 3 :State the negative impacts caused by people on possible)
the environment and suggest mesures to protect it - No exact orders.
- T has students read the
1People are keeping animals as pets example in task 3 and follow the
model , reminds them to use the
2- People are hunting or capturing animals for recreation or structure they have just learned,
entertainment. with a gerund as the subject.
- T sks some pairs of Sts to
3- People are bunting forests , or cutting down trees for present their conversation ,
wood. encourages them not to look at
4- People are using fertilizers and pesticides for cultivation. the book.

5- People are discharging chemical pollutants into the


environment.
- Gives comments.
176
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Post- speaking (7’)
Task 1
Asks sts to discuss what they should or shouldn’t do to
protect nature .
( suggests some words for under- average sts to join in
the discussion : keeping animals as pet, killing animals for Individual work
fur, planting more trees, protect endangered species …)
T has a few sts stand up and say what they should or
shouldn’t.
Task 2
Asks sts to discuss the question: What will happen if
nature is continued to be in danger?
Group work
III. Homework. Report their discussion.
Prepare part C (Name some national parks in Viet Nam
and their locations)

WEEK 22
PERIOD 63

UNIT 10 NATURE IN DANGER


PART C: listening
I.Objectives
1. Aim: Students learn to give the reasons and ways to protect the environment and nature.
_ Listen to a passage with specific information.
_ Listen to some new words and phrases that talk about endangered nature.
2. Lexical items: Words and phrases related to the reasons why nature is threatened and the measures for
protecting it.
3. Teaching aids: handout, textbook , board, chalk, pictures
II.Procedure
1.Check up: Give some reasons why nature is threatened(7’)
2 New lesson

T Contents T & Ss’ activities

I.Before you listen(8’) T.asks sts to give some national parks in


Cat Ba National Parks,Cuc Phuong National VN.
Parks, Phong Nha National Park,Ba Be National
Park… Sts work in pairs.
New words: T. explains difficult words .
Scenic features ;= Sts listen and repeat after the
Devastating : destroy teacher.
Maintenance: su bao tri
Approximately: xâp x ỉ

177
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Vehicles: xe cô
Completely: hoàn toàn
* Checking vocabulary:what and where T.introduces the situation.
II.While you listen( 25’) T.asks Sts to look through Task 1
Task 1: Listen to the passage and decide if the following so that they can understand new
statements are True or Fasle words and structures in it.
T. plays the tape once or twice and
Key asks sts to do task 1
1.T 2.T T. asks some sts to give answers
3.F (Many national parks……) the others give remarks on them.
4. T 5. T T.corrects them.

Task 2: Listen again and answer the questions


T.asks sts to read the questions in
Key: Task 2.
1. There are 52 national parks in the US. T. plays the tape again . Sts listen
2. Millions of people visit national parks every year. and answer the questions. After
3. Rare animals are killed or hunted for fur, skin or other they work in pairs.
parts.Trees are cut down for wood. T. asks some pairs of sts to ask
Large areas of national parks experience devastating fires and answer a loud.
caused by careless people. The increasing number of visitors
is harming the parks due to the population from their vehicles.
4. Rare animals and trees should be protected, fires caused
by careless people should be limited, pollution from their
visitors’ vehicles should be decreased and money should be
raised for the parks’ staff and maintenance of their resources.
III.After you listen.(4’)
T. asks sts to summarizes the passage, using the information in
Task 1 and 2.
Sts work in groups.

Homework(1’)
T. asks sts to prepare for the next part

WEEK 22
PERIOD 64

UNIT 10 NATURE IN DANGER


PART D: Writing
I.Objectives
178
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
1Aim:By the end of the lesson
. - Writing a description of a location by using the given facts and figures

2Lexical items: Words and phrases related to the reasons why nature is threatened and the measures
for protecting it.
3Teaching aids: handout, textbook , board, chalk, pictures
II.Procedure

T Contents T & Ss’activities


Lead-in(5’) Ss talk in front of class(free
- Asks some Ss questions: answers)
1. Can you name some national parks in Vietnam?
2. Have you ever been to one of them? - Read the facts and figures; ask
and answer about Cat Ba
* Task 1: (10’)
- Asks Ss to read the given information of Cat Ba National Park - T walks around the classroom
carefully and then discuss about these facts and figures (by and checks Ss’ work or helps
making questions) them, if necessary
National Park -Ss work in pairs
Ex: a) Where is Cat Ba
National Park?
b) How far is it from Hanoi to this national park?
c) What are the special features of Cat Ba National Park?
d) What do you know about the animals and plants in this Ss write the description of Cat Ba
park? National Park, and then correct
e) What are some of the historic features of the park? the writing of each other

* Task 2: (17’) - Asks Ss to write individually a description of


Cat Ba National Park by using the given information; then to
discuss their writing in pairs
-
( Suggested key: -Ss Write the description and
Cat Ba National Park is situated on Cat Ba Island, 120km east discuss the mistakes
of Hai Phong.
Cat Ba National Park is the only site in Vietnam endowed with
both tropical forests and coastal waters with white sand beaches,
abundant natural resources, beautiful landscapes and many kinds
of rare animals and plants. It covers
15,200ha, including 9,800ha of land and 4,400ha of ocean.
Cat Ba National Park preserves approximately 300 species of
fish, 40 kinds of animals, 150 different birds and 620 species of
plants.
The stone tools and human bones found in the island’s
limestone caves reveal that people inhabited there at least 6,000
years ago.) endangered species to do community service. T asks some Ss to write their
The community service should require work that helps protect description on the board and
the animals they’re harming. This service might help people others to correct the mistakes
179
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
understand how destructive their business is. It would also turn T walks and checks what Ss are
them into helpers rather than destroyers. So community service doing
would be an effective way to protect endangered species.)

*Task 3(8’)
- Write the description and discuss the mistakes
products/ endangered species/ do community service.
Community service/ require work/ help protect the animals/
harming. This service/ help people understand/ destructive
business. It also turn them/ helpers rather than destroyers. So
community service/ an effective way/ protect endangered species
 Home work (2’)
 -Write the above writing again
 -prepare the next part: Language focus.

WEEK 22
PERIOD 65

UNIT 10 NATURE IN DANGER


PART E: Language focus
I.Objectives
1Aim:By the end of the lesson
. -Pronunciation: helping Ss to pronounce the sound /sl/, /sm/, /sn/, /sw/
2.Grammar: helping Ss to use Relative Pronouns with prepositions.
3.Teaching Aids: blackboard, charts, tapes, cassette, pictures.

II.Procedure

T Contents T & Ss’activities


Warm-up (3’) - Sslisten and fill in this game
T gives the chart, these are some: _ow, _art, _im, …. And s
ome prefixes: /sl/, /sm/, /sn/, /sw/
-asks Ss to use these prefixes to fill in these to have the -Ss listen and repeat
whole words.
A/Pronunciation: -Ss repeat the words and
-plays the tape twice sentences
/sl/ /sm/ /sn/ /sw/ -T corrects the mistakes
Slave small snack swallow -T asks Ss to pay attention to
Sleep smart sneeze swim the pronunciation of these
Slim smell snooker swing
Slowly smoke snowy switch
Sentences in the text book(page 121)
B/Grammar:
RELATIVE PRONOUNS WITH PREPOSITIONS
-repeat the combination of these sentences, using relative -listen and write down in their
Pronoun notebooks
180
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
+The man is standing there. We talked about him
yesterday.
The man whom we talked about yesterday is standing
there.
-Instead of that, we can use like this:
The man about whom we talked yesterday is standing
there.
……Preposition _ Relative pronoun….(whom/which) T instructs Ss to do the
-Never use this form with Relative Pronoun THAT exercise 1,2,3 on page 122,
-Repeat somethings about Phrasal Verbs, for example, 123
wash up…, we can’t use Relative pronoun follows a
preposition.
Example:
+My mother has just bought some new dishes. My sister is -Ss work in groups and do the
washing them up. exercises then go to bb to
-Only combine like this: write the answers
My mother has just bought some new dishes which my
sister is washing up.
- Practice (15’)

Key:
+Exercise 1:Choose the suitable italicised words to
complete the following sentences
1/whom 2/which 3/whom
4/which 5/that 6/whom
7/which -Ss work in groups and give
+Exercise 2:Combine the folowing sentences , using the the answers
preposition+ whom , which -T checks and give feeedback
1/The man to whom I talked yesterday was very kind.
2/The man about whom I told you works in the hospital.
3/The woman about whom I am telling you teaches me
English.
4/The movie about which
+Exercise 3:
1/that 2/which 3/who
4/whom 5/which/that 6/whom
-asks some Ss to read aloud the answers.
-corrects mistakes. asks some Ss to read aloud the
-gets some Ss to make the conversation in which they use answers.
this combination. -corrects mistakes.
Free practice (3’) -gets some Ss to make the
Discus something about some solutions to solve the conversation in which they
pollution of environment by using relative pronouns use this combination.
Homework(2’)
-Gives Ss some sentences, asks them to combine these
sentences, using Relative Pronoun follows a
181
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
preposition.

Period 66: Review


UNIT 10: NATURE IN DANGER
1.Vocabulary:
- pollute(pollution ,pollutant polluted ),
- danger(endanger ,endangered ,dangerous)
- extinct (extinction ),
- interference ,destroy (destruction ),
- ban=prohibit , species
2. Preposition: be in danger of, add……….to…..,result in , tell about, talk about , listen to, think about, depend
on, go to
3. Grammar: Relative clause with preposition, relative pronoun
I.CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWER
1. Dr. John is the professor....... I told you.
a.about that b. to who c. about whom d. to whom
2. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently.
a. sweater b. switch c. answer d. swim
3. People are destroying the environment by adding ____ to it.
a. pollutes b. pollutions c. pollutives d. pollutants
4. Is this the address to... you want your letter to be sent?
a which b. where c. at which d. whom
5. Many rare _______ are in danger of extinction.
a. species b. classes c. beings d. pairs
6. .... is something that pollute the environment. a.Pollution b.
Polluted c. Polluting d .Pollutant
7.The chemical ____ from cars and factories make the air, water and soil dangerously dirty.
a. pollution b. polluted c. pollutants d. pollute
8.. Killing …………… animals for fur, skin and food should be banned.
a. endangered b. endanger c. dangerous d. danger
9. Dinosaurs became…….. millions of years ago.
a. important b. dangerous c. valuable d. extinct
10.Water is one of the most precious resources………for our life.
a. we depend on which b. which we depend c. on which we depend d. on that we depend
11. Hunting for meat and burning forests for soil………wildlife.
a. protect b. conserve c. destroy d. survive
12.My bother Chan is someone…………………..about sports.
a. to whom I always enjoy talking b. I always enjoy talking to him
c. with who I always enjoy talking d. whom I always enjoy talking to him.
13.He is the actor about …………. I often tell you.
a. that b. who c. whom d. him
14.The song …………. I listened last weekend was boring.
a. to that b. to which c. for what d. for which
15. It was a kind of machine with that we were not familiar.
A B C D
16. A fund will be set up for the ____ species.
a . danger b. endangering c. dangerous d. endangered
17. Nowadays, people are more aware that wildlife all over the world is in………………..
a. danger b. threat c. problem d. vanishing.
182
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
18. All the people whom were watching cheered when our team scored a goal.
a b c d
19. Discharging chemical pollutants into environment should be………………..
a. allowed b. banned c. done d. made
20. I want to tell you a party…………….I went last night.
a. to which b. to whom c. which d. whom
21.LAN about who I told you last night is my teacher.
a b c d
22.She gave us lots of suggestion________ we must think.
a.about that b. about which c. that d.which
23.Because of people’s____with the environment, many kinds of plants and animals are coming small.
a.supply b. survival c.influence d. interference
24.Religion is a subject. People hold every firm opinions on it.
a.Religion is a subject which people hold every firm opinions on.
b.Religion is a subject on which people hold every firm opinions.
c.Religion is a subject on which people hold every firm opinions on it.
d.A & B are correct.
25.This is the book. He’s almost proud of it.
a. This is the book which he’s almost proud of. c. This is the book which he’s almost proud.
b. This is the book of which he’s almost proud. d. A & B are correct.
26.The song ………..we listened last night was written by Van Cao.
a. about that b. to whom c. to which d. which.
27.The people who is waiting for the bus in the rain are getting wet through .
A b c d
28.The success of a shared holiday depends on who you share it with.
a b c d
29.The word ban is the same as...
a.protect b.prohibit c.interfere d.destroy
30.Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently.
a.practice b.spring c. iron d.from

II.GIVE CORRECT FORMS OF THE WORDS IN BRACKET.


1.Human beings are effecting to protect………………….nature.( danger)
2.Dinosaurs became…….. millions of years ago.( extinction)
3.The chemical ____ from cars and factories make the air, water and soil dangerously dirty.(pollute)
4.Pollutant is something that ……………the environment. (pollution )
5.The ________ of the flood was so great that a whole city was swept away. (destroy)
6.This town often suffers from__________ disasters. (nature)
III. COMPLETE EACH SENTENCE, USING RELATIVE PRONOUNS:
1 .The meeting to ..................... I went was interesting.
2.I liked the friends with ................. I went on holiday.
3.Do you know the man about .....................they’re talking
4.The women to_________ I gave gifts were happy.
5.The road by______________we travelled was long.
6.The boy to__________ I gave the task was proud.
7.The animal to_________I gave the fodder was happy.
8.The ships to____________we sailed were swift.
9.The employee to ___________you refer is no longer working for this company.

IV.COMPLETE THE SENTENCES, RELATIVE CLAUSE WITH PREPOSITION


1. She’s the nurse. We gave the flowers to her.
183
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
……………………………………………………………………………………….
2.Ms Kim Anh will be our History teacher next semester . You talked with her yesterday .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3.The little girl has gone.I borrow this pen from her ( relative clause with preposition )
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4.I enjoyed the music. We listened to it after dinner. ( relative clause with preposition)
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Ha Noi is the capital city . I’d like to pay a visit to it.
HaNoi………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. The boy is very kind. My brother is sharing the room with him in the hotel.
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. I like standing at the window. I can see the park from the window.
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
8.I couldn’t understand the woman. I talked to her on the phone.
…………………......................................................................................................................
V.GIVE A CORRECT PREPOSITION IN EACH BLANK
1.Forest destruction results ……….. floods and air pollution.
2. Mr. Green is the man............... whom I was talking
3.People are destroying the environment by adding pollutants ………………. it.
4.People are changing the environment ……………building cities .
5.Many rare species are ……………….. danger of extinction.
6. The song …………. which I listened last weekend was boring.
7.She gave us lots of suggestion________ we must think.

--------THE END--------

Period 67,68 Relative Cluases


E11 Review Relative Clases ()
I) 'Who', 'which' and 'that' as a Subjects of a relative clause
Write: Join these sentences using who or which. (All of them will also join with that.)
1 He's the accountant. He does my accounts. .
2 She's the nurse. She looked after me. ............................................................................................
3 They're the postcards. They arrived yesterday. ...............................................................................
4 They're the secretaries. They work in our office. ................................................................................
5 That's the magazine. It arrived this morning. ................................................................................
II) 'Who(m)', 'which' and 'that' as an Objects of a relative clause
Write: Join these sentences with who(m), which or nothing. (All of them will join with that.)
1.He's the accountant. You recommended him to me.
2.She's the nurse. I saw her at the hospital. ........................................................................................
3.They're the postcards. I sent them from Spain. ................................................................................
4.They're the secretaries. Mr Pym employed them. ...........................................................................
5.That's the magazine. I got it for you yesterday. ...............................................................................
6.They're the workmen. I paid them for the job. ...................................................................................
7.That's the dog! I saw it at the dog show last week. ..........................................................................
8.They're the birds. I fed them this morning. ........................................................................................
III) 'Whose' + noun in relative clauses Write: Join these sentences using whose.
1 He is the customer. I lost his address. …………………………………………………….. ........
2 She is the novelist. Her book won first prize. ...............................................................................
3 They are the children. Their team won the match. .........................................................................
4 You are the expert. We want your advice. ....................................................................................
5 I'm the witness. My evidence led to his arrest. …………………………………………. ............
184
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
6 She's the woman. The film was made in her house. .......................................................................
VI) Combine these sentences using relative pronouns
1 This is the woman. She gave me my first job.→…………………………………………………..
2 He picked up the book. It was on the desk→……………………………………………………
3 The meal was delicious. Ben cooked it.→The meal………………………………………………
4 She's the woman. She telephoned the police.→……………………………………………………
6 We threw out the computer. It never worked properly…………………………………………….
7 This is the lion. It's been ill recently…………………………………………………………….
8 The man was badly injured. He was driving the car →The man…………………………………
9 The children broke my window. They live in the next street………………………………………
10 They sold the cat. It was afraid of mice………………………………………………………
12 I've applied for the job. You told me about it…………………………………………………..
13 We're looking for the ball. We were playing with it……………………………………………..
15 I'm going to speak to the mechanic. He repaired my car………………………………………..
18 That's the woman. I was telling you about her…………………………………………………..
V) Fil in the gaps with correct realtive pronouns and Add commas to the following sentences where
necessary.
1.My husband ………… is on a business trip to Rome all this week,sent me this postcard.
2.The person ………………. told you that story didn't know what he was talking about.
3.Will the driver …………….. vehicle has the registration number PXB2140 please move it?
4.The play Cowards …………………… opens at the Globe soon had a successful season on Broadway.
5.Cowards is the name of the play ……………… ran for over two years.
6.This manager ……………………… I complained to about the service has refunded part of our bill.
7.Sally West …………… work for the deaf made her famous has been killed in a car accident.
8.We found it impossible to cross the river …………………….. had flooded after the storm.
I) Choose the best answer

1. The man …………. came to see me yesterday is my teacher of English.


a. who b. whom c. whose d. which
2. Ann, ………. children are at school all day, is trying to get a job.
a. who b. whose c. whom d. where

VII.COMPLETE THE SENTENCES, USING A RELATIVE CLAUSE


1, A girl was injured in the accident. She is now in hopital

2. Sheila is away from home a lot. Her job involves a lot of traveling.

3.. Barbara works for a company . The company makes washing machine

4.Do you know that lady? I repaired her car.

5.A building was destroyed in the fire. It has now been rebuilt.

6.I met Jane’s father. He works at the university.

7. You’ve all met Peter. He is visiting us for a couple of days.

8. The exercises were given by the teacher yesterday. The student don’t know how to do them now

9. The Smiths were given rooms in the hotel. Their house had been destroyed in the explosion.
@
185
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
10. Benzene became the starting point in the manufacture of many dyes, perfumes and explosives. It was
discovered by Faraday.
@
11.I know Mary’s children. I teach them English.

12.. Mrs Lan taught us history. Do you remember her?



13.Tam has just won the first prize in the English contest. Tam’s father is an architect.

14.I’ll be staying with Adrian. His brother is one of my nclosest friends.

VIII. GIVE CORRECT FORMS OF THE WORDS IN BRACKET.


1. Fax ________ has become more and more popular because it is cheap and convenient. ( transmit)
2. Thanh Ba Post Office is _______________with advanced technology (equip)
3. The waiter who served us yesterday was_________ and friendly( impolite)
4.This __________and secure service of transferring money can be useful( speed)

IX .GIVE A CORRECT PREPOSITION IN EACH BLANK


1.Human being are adding more and more pollutants ...........the environment.
2.I would like to send this letter... ……air mail.
3.Many post offices in Phu Tho are equipped ......... modern technology.
4 Thanh Ba post office provides customers……………. the Messenger Call Services
--------THE END--------

WEEK 23
PERIOD 69

UNIT 11 SOURCES OF ENERGY


PART A: READING

A.OBJECTIVES:
Aims :
- Helping students to understand the importance of saving energy and using alternative sources of energy.
186
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Helping students to use the words related to the sources of energy through reading and writing.
Vocabulary : fossil fuels, alternative, nuclear energy, geothermal heat/energy, solar power/panel, potential, to
release, to create, exhausted, limited, plentiful, infinite
Teaching Aids: pictures of sources of energy; projector (if available); textbook
B.PROCEDURE:

T Contents T & Ss’activities


I). WARM UP: (5 MINUTES)  Teacher may use the pictures in the Unit
Al the pictures should show different kinds of producing 11
energy, such as wind power, solar energy, hydroelectric Textbook page 124, or provides some
plant, etc. mores pictures on cardboard or by
projector.
 Write the words of different sources of energy on the  Students look at the pictures on the board
board and ask students to match the words with the right  Check the results and correct them if
pictures. necessa(or in their books) and try to
distainguish the sources of energy.

 Exchange with their partners and match


the words given with the right pictures.
II). PRE-READING: (10 minutes)
 Ss Listen to the teacher's comments and
- What do we need energy for? repeat the words.
- What kind of energy is the most popular in Vietnam?  Teacher explains some important words
1.Vocabulary: using pictures or giving meaning (some
fossil fuels(n) : nhien liêụ hoá thạch words need to be described in Vietnamese,
alternative (a): thay th ê especially to students of lower-level
nuclear energy (n) : n ăng l ư ơng nguy ên t ư classes).
geothermal heat/energy(n) : h ơi nong đ ịa nhi êt  Teacher ask these questions and has
solar power/panel(n): Tam thu năng l ư ơng m ăt trơì
students work in groups before giving
potential (n) Tiem n ăng
their answers:  Students get to understand
to release (v) th ải ra
to create(v) : t ạo ra these words:
exhausted(a) c ạn ki ẹt fossil fuels; alternative; solar panel;
limited,(v) dam; nuclear; available; potential;
plentiful(a) limited; unlimited
infinite(v)  Students copy the words in their
notebooks after the teacher's corection on
Suggested answers: the board.
- We need energy to light and warm our houses, run
automobiles and other machines, operate factories, and  Students work in groups discussing the
so on. teacher's questions.
- The most popular kind of energy in Vietnam is from  Teacher has students listen to the
oil. We also use power produced by hydroelectric plants. recording of the passage two times, then
III). WHILE READING: (25 MINUTES) read it in silence. (Teacher should go
1.Task 1:The words in the box all appear in the round to check and give help where
passage .Fill in the blank with a suitable word( Use necessary.)
dictionary when necessary)  Students discuss Task 1 with their
partners.
Suggested answers:  Teacher has students work in pairs and
1. released 2. alternative 3. energy complete Task 1 (pp. 125 - 126,
187
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
4. limited 5. exhausted Textbook).
 Teacher has students work in pairs
2.Task 2: Scan the passage and write down the studying the table in Task 2 (pp. 126,
advatages and disadvantages of each altenative source of Textbook) and then discussing the
energy advantages and
 Students listen to the recording and then
read the text in silence.
 Students discuss the table with their
Suggested answers: partners and try to find the answers to
Task 2.
Sources Advantages Disadvant.
Nuclear unlimited dangerous
Solar Plentiful and infinite, clean Not strong  Students reread the text and group work
enough at present to find the answers.
Water clean expensive
Wind Clean, safe not always available
Geothermal Clean Not available
*Task 3: Answer the questions:  Teacher has students read the passage
1. How many sources of energy are mentioned in the again then ask them to work in groups in
passage? What are they? order to work out the answers to theses
2. In your opinion, which one is the most potential? questions:
Why?
Suggested answers:
1.These sources of energy are mentioned in the passage:
fossil fuels, nuclear, geothermal, solar, water, and wind
power.
2. In my opinion, solar energy is the most potential  Students reread the text and group work
because it is clean, safe and not expensive, and people
to find the answers.
can get it almost everywhere on earth. (There can be
different answers to this questions.)
IV). POST-READING: (5 minutes)
 Teacher has students work in pairs and complete the
summary of the text on pages 126&127 in Textbook.

Suggested answer:
1. energy 2. one 3. fuels4. limited
5. alternative 6. sources 7. unlimited  Students read the summary and discuss
8. environment
the completion with their partners.

 Homework: Teacher has students write a short


paragraph to express their own choice of the alternative
source of energy including some reasons for their choice.

WEEK 23
188
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
PERIOD 70

UNIT 11 SOURCES OF ENERGY


PART B: Speaking
I. OBJECTIVES:
Aims:
- Getting students to give reasons the of using alternative sources of energy and talk about the advantages
and disadvantages of alternative sources of energy.
Vocabulary: abundant, enormous, plentiful, renewable, convenient, polluted, limited, non-renewable, exhausted
Expressions : I think/believe that …
Why do you think so?
I know it is …. However, it is …
Teaching aids: some pictures about the alternative sources of energy
II.PROCEDURE

T Contents T & S’activities


I). WARM UP: (5 minutes)  Teacher asks these questions
.1. Can you tell me some sources of energy? one after another and has
2. Which source of energy is the most popular in Vietnam? Is it students discuss with their
clean or polluted? Is it limited or unlimited? Is it safe or partners before giving answers.
dangerous?  Students may discuss the
*Suggested answers questions with their partners to
1. fossil fuels, solar energy, wind energy, water energy, … find out the answers
2. Fossil fuels are perhaps the most popular. This kind of energy
is polluted and limited.
II.Check up:Answer the questions: -T calls Ss to bb and Ss answer
1.What is major sources of energy? the questions
2.How many sources of energy are mentioned in the text , and
which one do you think has the most potential?
II). PRE-SPEAKING (5 minutes)
Teacher sticks the pictures on the
1. Wind energy board or shows them on the
2. Solar energy Picture A : Solar energ 3. projector. Ask students to match
Geothermal energy Picture B : Wind energy the following words with each
5. Nuclear energy Picture C : Fossil fuel (oil) picture:

4. Fossil fuel (coal)


6. Water gy ener Picture D : Water energy Students may discuss the pictures
Picture E : Fossil fuel (coal) with their partners before giving
7. Fossil fuel (oil) answers
Picture F : Geothermal energy
Picture G : Nuclear energ
Picture A:
à wind energy

Picture B

189
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

Solar energy

à water energy

Picture D

Picture Cà fossil fuel (oil)

Picture E

Picture F

Picture G

à nuclear energy

Teacher has students work in pairs


reading the information in the table
and then discussing the advantages
à geothermal energy
and disadvantages. After that, have
some pairs report their work in
front of the class. The teacher gives
II). WHILE-SPEAKING: (20 - 25 minutes)
comments if necessary
Task 1:The following statements list some advantages and
disadvantages of various sources of energy .Read and
Students work in pairs and then
tick( THE APPROPRIATE BOX a ( For advantages) Or
report their answers to the class by
D( for disadvantages ) then compare the result with a
reading them aloud.
partner’s
.1. Fossil fuels will be exhausted within a relatively short time.
 Teacher should have students
2. Geothermal heat is available only in a few places in the
practise speaking these words first:
world.
3. If the wind does not blow, there is no wind energy.
4. Water power provides energy without pollution.
5. A nuclear reactor releases radiation which is dangerous to
190
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
the environment.
6. Solar energy is not only plentiful and unlimited but also
clean and safe.
7. It is expensive to build a dam for hydroelectricity.  T has students read the example in
Suggested answer: Task 2 (page 128) then act out and
1. D 2. D 3. D 4. A 5. 5. D role-play with one or two students.
6.A 7. D
Task 2: Talk with your friend about the advantages and à Students practice in pairs:
disadvantages of using each alternative source of energy , using
the suggestion from Task 1 .
*Useful language
Enormous Dangerous
Plentiful Polluted
Available Exhausted
Unlimited Limited
Renewable Non-renewable
Convenient Unsafe

Model:
A. I think / believe that wind power can be an alternative source
of energy.
B. Why do you think / believe so?
A. Because our major sources of energy are running out while
the wind is abundant and unlimited.
B. I know it is also clean and safe to environment.
However, it is not available when there is no wind.  Teacher should ask them to pay
A. I think that nuclear power can be an alternative source of attention to the expressions:
energy.  Have students work in pairs
B. Why do you think so? practising the dialogue and
A. Because our major sources of energy are running out while changing the sources and using the
the nuclear power is unlimited words given to give the reasons.
B. I know it can provide enough electricity for the world’s
needs for hundreds of years. However, a nuclear reactor
releases radiation which is dangerous to the environment

A. I believe that solar energy can be an alternative source of


energy.
B. Why do you believe so?
A. Because our major sources of energy are running out while
the sun releases large amount of energy every day .
B. I know it is not only plentiful and infinitive but also clean
and safe. However, it is only possible during the day time.

A. I think that water power can be an alternative source of


energy.
B. Why do you think so?
A. Because our major sources of energy are running out while
the wind is unlimited.
B. I know water power provides energy without pollution.
191
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
However, it is expensive to build a dam for hydroelectricity

A: I think that more and more people will use the solar energy.
B: Why do you think so?
A: Because it’s available, unlimited and easy to use.
C: But it’s expensive and we can only have it at specific time
of the year.
A: I hope that the progress of science and technology will help
to overcome this problem.
B: That’s right and then we don’t have to worry about the
shortage of energy. Teacher has students work in
C: And our life will be more comfortable with cheap simple groups to prepare a report on which
devices run on the solar energy. source they think is the most
potential. Then ask the
I think that … representative of some groups to
I believe that … report to the class. Give comments
Why do you think so? and correct mistakes where
I know it is …. However, it is … necessary

Task 3:Express your belief on the increasing use of


alternative sources in the future , Using the ideas from Task
2
.IV). POST SPEAKING: (5 minutes)
 Teacher has each students write a short description of several
alternative sources of energy. Ask some of them to read their
description to the class.

V) Homework.
-do all the exercises again and prepare the part : Listening

WEEK 23
PERIOD 71

UNIT 11 SOURCES OF ENERGY


PART C: Listening
I. OBJECTIVES :
1. Aims : - improve students’ listening skill/ listen for specific information.
- help students understand more about sources of energy.
2. Knowledge : words/ phrases related to the lesson.
II. METHOD : communicative
III. TEACHING AIDS : cassette, hand – outs, textbook, pictures.
IV . PROCEDURE :
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

192
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Warm up - Divide the class into small groups ( about ten - Work in groups
( 5ms) groups) - List as many kinds of energy as
- Ask the groups to list as many kinds of energy as possible.
possible.
After four minutes, the group with the most words - Write the words on the board.
will be the winner and get good marks.
Before you - Ask students to work in pairs and list some sources - Work in pairs.
listen of energy they use in their house. - List some sources of energy they
(10ms) Suggest some words: petroleum , gas , coal , use in their house.
electricity , solar , panel.
- Ask students to listen and repeat the words. - Listen and repeat the words:
Ecologist
Resources
Renewable
Fossil fuels
Unlimited
Fertilized
- Ask students to guess the situation of the listening
task.
- T : From what you see in the listen and
repeat, can you guess what the listening text
is about ?
- St. : I guess it’s the souces of energy. Some
ecologists can give some information about
fossil fuels. They may warn us that some
sources are limited and which one is
renewable, …
While you Task 1.
listen - Ask students to read the questions and answers for Read the questions and answers
( 20ms) about some minutes.
- Play the tape the first time , ask students to get the Listen to the tape and get the main
main idea of the listening task. idea.
- Play the tape twice, ask students to choose the best Listen twice , then choose the
answers. correct answers.
-Ask some students to give their answers. - Compare the answers with the
- Ask students to compare the answer with the others.
others. Answers:
- Do the corrections. 1. D
2. C
3. D
4. A
5. C.
Task 2.
- Ask students to read the passage carefully. - Read the passage carefully.
- Ask them to guess the missing words if they can. - Guess the missing words if
- Play the tape three times. possible.
Ask students to compare the answers with a partner. - Listen and fill in the missing
Do the corrections. words.
- Compare the answer with a
partner.
Answers :
193
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
1. unlimited
2. atmosphere
3. may
4. gases
5. amount
After you read - Ask students to work in groups. Sources of energy
Nonrenewable renewable
( 10ms) - Ask students to look at the table and decide which Coal a
group these sources of energy belong to - renewable Geothermal heat
Petroleum a
a

or nonrenewable. Solar energy a


- Walk around to give help. Oil
Wind energy
a
a
- Check the answers in front of the whole class. Gas a

Homework - Ask students to name five renewable and then


nonrenewable sources of energy.
- Prepare new lesson ( writing)

WEEK 24
PERIOD 72

UNIT 11 SOURCES OF ENERGY


PART D: Writing
I. OBJECTIVES:
Aims: To know how to describe the information from the chart.
Teaching aids: chart, text book, cassette player
Skill: Listening comprehension
Techniques: gap-filling, multiple choice. Pair work , group work
II.Procedure

T Contents T & Ss’activities


I.Pre-writing: T asks Ss to play a game( T
1.Warmer:(5ms) gives four sentences in cues,
.a.Water power/ supply/energy/not cause/pollution. then asks them to write
b.It/ expensive/build/a dam/ hydroelectricity. meaningful sentences
c.Fossil fuels/ exhauted /within / relatively/ short time.
d.natural environment/ consist/ natural resources.
Suggeted answers: à Work in groups
àWater power supplies energy not causing pollution.
àIt is expensive to build a dam for hydroelectricity.
àFossil fuels will be exhauted within a relatively short time.
à The natural environment consists of all natural resources.
2. Check up:
Write some meaning of these words: -T calls Ss to go to bb answer
Ecologist, fossil fuels, resources, renewable, unlimited, the question( expected answers)
fertilized asnwer the questions of
3.Lead in:(2ms)
T:What kinds of energy are consumed the T leads to the new lesson
most in Viet nam? Close the book and answer
Petroleum,
II. While-writing:(25 ms) à work in groups
194
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Task 1:Study the chart about energy consumption in
Highland in 2000 and fill in the gap with the information -To ask Ss to interpret the
from thr chart: information from the chart.read
* (suggested answers) and take the exact figure for
2000: nuclear and hydroelectricity -20 tons million each item and fill in the gaps.
petroleum –57 million tons -Ss work in groups and write the
coal – 40 million tons naswers on the posters
2005: nuclear and hydroelectricity-75 million tons.
petroleum –50million tons
coal –45million tons
Task 2:Continue your description of the trends in energy
consumption in the year 2005 in Highland To ask Ss to fill in the gaps in
*(suggested answers) the passage with the exact
1. 117 information from the chart
2. coal given.
3. smallest
III. Post –writing(13ms) Work in pairs
1.Chart/ show/energy consumption/ Highland/2005/
2.total energy consumption/170 million tons
3.Petroleum/ make/largest amount/figure.
4.This/ follow/ by/ consumption/ coal// 40 million tons.
5.Nuclear and hydroelectricity /make/ smallest amount/ To ask Ss to write a short
energy consumption . paragraph from cues in 2005
IV. Homework:
To ask Ss to write a paragraph to compare energy
consumption in Highland in 2000 with one in 2005.

WEEK 24
PERIOD 73

UNIT 11 SOURCES OF ENERGY


PART E: Language focus
A.Objectives
Aim : By the end of the lesson Ss will be able to pronounce:
-the consonant clusters: [ʃr], [spl], and [spr] so that they can say them correctly when saying individual words
as well as sentences.
-Teaching students how to use participles and/or To-infinitive to replace relative clauses.

Structures : - Present participle used to replace relative clauses


- Past participle used to replace relative clauses
- To-infinitive used to replace relative clauses
Teaching aids cassette or CD player, textbook
Techniques:role play, combine the sentences, pair work, group work
B.Procedure:

T Contents T & Ss’activities

195
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
A). PRONUNCIATION Have students close their books and listen.
Stage 1 : Read aloud some words which contain
clusters [ʃr], [spl], and [spr]. For example:
shrine splat spray  Students listen carefully.
shrimp splat spring
shred splendid spread  Students listen to and repeat the sounds
shrewd split spree
after the teacher.
shriek splendour sprinkle

Stage 2: Teacher writes the phonetic symbols of these


 Students listens and repeat the words after
sounds on the board. Act out so that students can repeat
and say them correctly. the
Stage 3: Teacher writes the words
containing each cluster on the board, then
reads them aloud and has students repeat
 Pratice the following sentences:
word by word twice or three times.
1.They were all shrieking with laughter
2.He shrugged (his shoulder) , saying he didn’t know
Stage 4: The teacher acts out the sentences
thing and did’t care
in Pronunciation on page 131 (Textbook)
3.My dad hates shrimp paste
and has students repeat. Have some
4.what a splendid spring day.
students read the sentences aloud and
5.The stream spilits into the three smaller streams at this
correct mistakes when necessary.
point
6.The house has a narrow front , but it splays out at the
 Students listen and repeat. Students then
back
B.GRAMMAR: take down the symbols and the words in
their notebooks.
Stage 1 :.
1. The boy who is running after the dog is my brother. Teacher writes these sentences on the board
- The boy running after the dog is my brother. and asks students to give remarks. Ask
2. Baseball is a game which is played mainly in the them to work in pairs and then tell the
United States. difference between the pairs of sentences
- Baseball is a game played mainly in the United States.
3. Paul was the only person who discovered the mistake.
- Paul was the only person to discover the mistake.  Students work in pairs discussing the
 Possible remarks: difference between the pairs of sentences.
* Sentence 1 is active, so we use Verb+ing to replace They then give their remarks to the class.
"who is"
* Sentence 2 is passive, so we use Verb+ed to repalce
"which is"
* In sentence 3, we use To-infinitive to replace "who
discovered" because there is "the only person" before it.  Students copy down the sentences and the
Stage 2: The teacher gives comments on the
students' remarks and then writes some notes on the board
for the students to copy down, as follows:

V-ing phrase
(Active meaning) Replacing
"who/which/that+verb"
V-ed (p.p.) phrase
(Passive meaning) Replacing
"who/which/that+be+p.p." The teacher has students work in pairs and
196
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
To-infinitive phrase Replacing finish the exercise. Then have some of them
"who/which/that"+verb" stand up and read the each sentence aloud.
---Correct the mistakes and give comments
Exercise 1: Rewrite the sentences , using a present where necessary
participle phrase
Exercise 1: Suggested answers:
1. The boy playing the piano is Ben.
2. Do you know the woman coming toward us?
3. The people waiting for the bus in the rain are getting
wet.
4. The scientists researching the causes of cancer are
making progress.
5. The fence surrounding our house is made of wood.
6. We have an apartment overlooking the park.
Exercise 2: The teacher has students work
Exercise 2:Rewrite the following sentences , using a in pairs again. Ask them to study the
past participle phrase example and then rewrite the sentences.
Suggested answers: Have them compare their answers with
1. The ideas presented in that book are interesting. their partners. The teacher then asks some
2. I come from a city located in the southern part of the of them to read aloud the sentences and
country. corrects mistakes or gives comments when
3. They live in a house built in 1890. necessary.
4. The photographs published in the newspaper were .
extraodinary.
5. The experiment conducted at the University of Chicago
was successful.
6. They work in a hospital sponsored by the government. The teacher has students study the example
Exercise 3: Rewite the following sentences , using an and then finish the exercise. Ask them to
infinitive phrase. compare their answers with their partners. -
Exercise 3: Suggested answers: Have some stand up and read their
1. John was the last man to reach the top of the mountain. sentences. Correct mistakes and give
2. The last person to leave the room must turn off the comments where necessary.
light.
3. The first person to see is Mr. Smith.
4. This is the second person to be killed in that way.
5. The first person to catch the ball will be the winner.
Stage 3: Homework: the teacher gives some more
exercises for students to do at home.
*Rewrite these sentences using "participle" or "To-
infinitive".

WEEK 24
PERIOD 74
Review
Aims: By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to review some grammar, vocabulary, reading comprehension.
Listening, writing, pronunciation
197
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
I.Listening comprehension
Listen and choose the correct answers
II.Do exercises:

I.Rewrite the sentences, using relative clause.


1. The student was punished . This student was very naughty  ……………………………………….
2. This doctor was very famous . You visited him yesterday .  …. ……………………………………
3. He died at once . This made everyone shocked .  .. ………………………………………
4. Nam's car had been stolen . The police found it ten days ago  .. …………………………………….
5. I saw a lot of people and horses .They went to the market.  ……………………………………
6. The master's course is no longer taught. I took this course in 1990 .  …… ………………………………

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others .
1. a. sure b. sugar c. special d. show
2. a. swim b. swallow c. swing d. sword
3. a. forest b. exist c. raise d. establish
4. a. suggest b. disappear c. busy d. extinct
5. a. supply b. apply c. plenty d. fly
III. Choose the word which is stressed differently from the rest .
6. a. affect b. water c. number d. peacefully
7. a. decrease b. environment c.consequence d. prohibit
8. a. disappear b. pollutant c. volunteer d. magazine
9. a. fertilizer b. respect c. pesticide d. offspring
10. a. destroy b. industry c. planet d. human

IV. Find out the mistake in the following sentences.


1. The biggest reason for whom I didn't take the job is the low pay.
2. Natural resources provide the raw material are needed to produce finished goods.
3. In an essay writing in 1779, Judith Sargeant Murray promoted the cause of women's education.
4.A dam is a wall building across a river to stop the river's flow and collect the water.
5. I have something interesting telling you.
6. Water energy is used to design electricity.

Rewrite the following sentences , using participle phrases:


1. Do you know the woman who is coming toward us?
 .....................................................................................................................
2. The people who was waiting for the bus in the rain is getting wet.
 .....................................................................................................................
3. The rules that allow public access to wilderness areas need to be reconsidered.
 .....................................................................................................................
4. The children who attend that school receive a good education.
 .....................................................................................................................
5. The scientists who are researching the causes of cancer are making progress.
 .....................................................................................................................
6. Our solr system is in a galary that is called the Milky way.
 .....................................................................................................................
7. The experiment which was conducted at the University of Chicago was successful.
198
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
 .....................................................................................................................
8. Only a small fraction of the eggs that are laid by a fish actually hatch and survive to
adulthood. .....................................................................................................................
9. He read " The Old Man and The sea" , which was written by Ernest hemingway.
 .....................................................................................................................
10. A throne is the chair which is occupied by a queen, king or other rules.
 .....................................................................................................................
12. Only a few of te movies that are shown at the Gray Theatre are suitable for children.
 .........................................................................................................

WEEK 25
PERIOD 75

UNIT 12 THE ASIAN GAMES


PART A: Reading
A)Objectives:
-by the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to understand the main ideas of the text about the
Asian Games
-To know names of popular players in Vietnam as wll as in the world
B)Language focus:
*Vocabulary:
1. deep  depth (n)
 deepen (v) 2. to participate ( = to join in)  participant (n)
participation (n) 3. Weight + lifting  weightlifting4. Body + building  bodybuilding
Grammar:present simple
Skill: Reading comprehension
C)Techniques: pair work, group work, multiple choice, ask and answer, gap-filling
Teaching aids:picture on the book, cassette player, handouts
D)Procedures

T Contents T & Ss’activities


I.Warm up; Play a game(brainstorming)(5’) -T gvies the rules
Give the names of the sports which played in the Asian -Ss work in the two groups
games and write the answers on the
bb
GRA GRB 199
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
-T checks and corrects

II.Before you read: (5’)


-Have sts work with a
Answers partner and choose the
A. B. C. D. E. correct answers
C B A C B -Sts work with a partner and
II. While –reading(25’) choose the correct answers.
1.Word study:
-. deep  depth (n)  deepen (v)
-to participate ( = to join in)  participant (n)
participation (n) Have sts listen to the
- Weight + lifting  weightlifting: m ôn c ư t ạ passage.
T. explain some new words
-Body + building  bodybuilding:
or expressions:
-intercultural(a):liên văn hoá (matching)
-multi-sport(n):
-enthusiasm(n):s ư h ăng h ái nhi êt t ình
-medal(n):huy ch ư ơng
-appreciate(v) đánh giá
-aquatic(a): thu ôc v ê n ư ơc
*checking vocabulary: -Sts listen to the passage.
RO& R
2 Task 1:The words in the box all appear in the
passage .Fill in each blank with a suiltabe word -Sts do the matching (game).

a. participant 1. put a high value on -Individuals & pairwork


b. solidarity 2. a period of ten year
c. decade 3. strong feeling of interest
d. athlete 4. aids which make it easy to do
-Pairwork
something
- Have sts work in pairs to
e. official 5. a country where the games are
do TASK 1.
organized. (chuû nhaø)
f. aquatic 6. a person holding a government
position. (quan chöùc)
g. enthusiasm 7. a person who participates in
something.
200
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
h. appreciate 8. person trained for competing in
physical exercises of outdoor games
i. host 9. unity
j. facilities 10. (taking place) in/on the water
Sts do TASK 1:
Answers:
a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.
7 9 2 8 6 10 3 1 5 4

3.Task 3: Scan the passage and complete the


following table:
- Have sts work in groups to
do TASK 2.
Sts do TASK 2:
Answers:
1. facilities 2. aquatic
3. enthusiasm 4. effort
5. advancing 6. appreciated

4.Answer thw questions: - Have sts to answer


the questions (TASK
1. The purpose of the Asian Games is to develop 3)
intercultural knowledge and friendship within Asia. / -Ss work in pairs
among the Asian countries. Athletes from all over Asia -T checks and corrects the
gather together to compete. It is an occasion when answer
strength to compete. It is an occasion when strength and
sports skills are tested; friendship and solidarity are built
and deepened.
2. 9,919 participants took part in the 14th Asian Games
in Busan. / There were 9,919 participants in the 14th
Asian Games in Busan.
3. They win the gold medals in billiards, bodybuilding,
and women’s karatedo.

IV.After you read7’)


(suggested summary)
(paragraph 1) it tells (us) about the purpose of the Have sts summarize the
Asian Games and how they are held. reading passage
201
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
(paragraph 2) it tells (us) about the advance of the -Sts work in groups to
Asian Games in all aspects since 1951. (the number of summarize the reading
participants has been increasing, the quality of athletes, passage:
officials, and sports facilities has also been developing,
new sports and traditional sports have been introduced
and added to the Games)
(paragraph 3) it tells (us) about the 14 th Asian Games in
Busan, Korea, and the sports results of the Vietnamese
athletes in the Games.
V.Homwe work:((2’)
Learn by heart new words and answer all the
questions again
-prepare the next lesson: Speaking

WEEK 26
PERIOD 76

UNIT 12 THE ASIAN GAMES


PART B: Speaking
A)Objectives:
 -by the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to make some conversation about the Asian
Games
 1. Asking for and giving information about Asian Games
 Talking about sports results
B)Language focus:
*Vocabulary:
 Vocabulary: Asian Games, Bodybuilding, Billiards, Karatedo, Shooting, Wushu
 Teaching aids: Pictures collected by students

Grammar:present simple
Skill: Speaking comprehension
C)Techniques: pair work, group work, multiple choice, ask and answer, gap-filling
Teaching aids:picture on the book, cassette player, handouts
202
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
D)Procedures
I.Check up:(5’)
Asnwer the questions
1.What is the purpose of The Asian Games?
2.How many participants took part in the 14th Asian Games?
3.Give some vocabularies in English
II.New lesson
T Contents T & Ss’actitvities
1Warm – up(5’) - Putting the class into two
 Group 1: write the name under the pictures ( groups
newspaper, sea, ink-pot, apple, arm) - Asking Ss to write the words
 Group 2: (snail, goose, elephant, mouse, ant) describing the pictures
Word expected: ASIAN GAMES Asking Ss to arrange the first letters
into another meaningful word
-Ss work in groups
2.pre-speaking:(5’)
 T uses pictures to teach
 New words:
- Asian Games: the opening ceremony of the Vocabulary
14th Asian Games
- Bodybuilding: Ly Duc – Nguyen Van Mach
- Billiards: Truong Dinh Hoa
- Karatedo: Vu Kim Anh – Nguyen Trong Bao
Ngoc
- Shooting: Nguyen Manh Tuong
Wushu: Nguyen Ngoc Oanh – Nguyen Thi My Duc  Ask students to practice in pairs to
play the conversation in task 1 and
pay attention to these structures:
3.while-speaking:(23’)

*Task 1: Ask and asnwer about the Asian

Games ,using information from the table below  Walking around the class,
The simple past ( passive & active ) Monitoring these activities so that
- When and where / games / held ? the students can get help when
- How many countries/ took part ……? they need. Then selecting some
- How many sports were there………… ? pairs at random and asking them
Note: Using cued dialogue to play the roles in front of the
 Using the table in textbook to practice class
 Basing on the cued dialogue on the board and -Ss work in pairs
practicing in pairs
A: Where and when were the 2nd Asian Games
held?
B: They were held in 1954 in Philippines.
203
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
A: How many countries took part in the Games?
B: Eighteen  Asking students to match the
A: How many sports were there at the games? names of the athletes, who won
B: Eight the medals in the sports in
*Task 2:Take turn to talk about the sports results textbook
of Vienamese athletes at 14th Asian games , using  Asking students to practice in
the information in the table below groups of six and talk about the
sports results of the Vietnamese
athletes at 14th Asian Games
 Asking students to pay attention to
the structure: simple past as
For example: In bodybuilding, Ly Duc won one example
gold medal and Nguyen Van Mach won one bronze  Monitoring and helping if Ss need
medal.  Asking each group to select the
representative to report
 Looking at the pictures and finding the words  Working in groups ( discussing )
- Asian Games: the opening ceremony of the 14th  Matching as the teacher’s request
Asian Games No. 1
- Bodybuilding: Ly Duc – Nguyen Van Mach  Working in groups of six
- Billiards: Truong Dinh Hoa
 Reporting in front of the class
- Karatedo: Vu Kim Anh – Nguyen Trong Bao
 Looking at the pictures and
Ngoc
finding the words
- Shooting: Nguyen Manh Tuong
- Wushu: Nguyen Ngoc Oanh – Nguyen Thi My
Duc
5.Post-speaking(6’)
- When will the 16th Asian Games be held?  Asking some questions about the
- Where will it be held? 16th Asian Games:
- Do you think it will be held in Vietnam? Why /
why not?  Asking students to practice asking
*Suggested answers: and answering the above
à In 2010 questions

à In Quang Chau – China  Answering the questions:


à Up to the students’ ideas
IV .Home work:(2’)
Getting information about one athlete, who is your
favourite at the 15th ASIAN Games
-Prepare the next lesson: Listening

204
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

WEEK 26
PERIOD 77

UNIT 12 THE ASIAN GAMES


PART C: Listening
I.Objective:
-By the end of the lesson students will be able to:
-Use the require language to ask and answer about the Asian Games and sports
-Develop such listening micro-skills as listening for specific and detailed information
-Use the acquired language and knowledge to talk about sports and sportsmen
II.Material:
-text book , hand outs, pictures about the Asian Games, cassette tapes
III.Anticipated problems:
-The after listening task could be a challenging for Ss as the may not have enough
information to complete it, so T could be ready to assist them
IV.Procedure
-*Chech up:(5’)
Answer the questions:
1.Where and when is the first Asin Games held?
2.How many countries did take part in the first Asian Games?
3.How many sports were played at the Games?
-* NEW LESSON

T CONTENTS T AND Ss’ ACTIVITIES


6’ I.Warm up:
-Ss work in groups and write
Names of the answers on the bb
some sports
-T checks and correct some
names

II.Before listening
3’ 1. What are these sports?
2. Have you ever watched the sports like these on
television?
3. Which sports do you like best? Why?
205
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Swimming (butterfly), high jump, gymnastics (high-
and-low bars) -T asks Ss to look at the
- Yes, I have. pictures in page 129 and
- (free answer) It’s jogging. Because it makes me answer the questions
healthy. -Sts work in pairs to ask and
Or: It’s football. Because it is the King of sports. answer the questions: (p.
Or: It’s swimming. Because the weather in South Viet 129)
Nam is often hot.
 Pre-teach vocabulary:
-gymnasium -T leads some new words
-gymnast
-bar
-land
-freestype
Tapescript
Good evening. It’s 10.15 and it’s time for “The
Asian Games Report”. Our report tonight is coming live
by satellite. It’s the 3rd day of the Games. Well, today’s
most important event was the women’s 200 metre
freestyle. The Japanese, Yuko was first and got the gold
medal. She made a new world record time of 1 minute
58 seconds. The Japanese athletes won two gold medals
yesterday, and three the day before, so in the first three
days they’ve won six gold medals.
… Here we are in the Asian Games Gymnasium.
Lily, the 15-year-old Chinese gymnast, has just finished
her display. We’re waiting for the results now. And
here’s the result! She’s got an average of 9.5 points.
That’s the best score today! Lily has won the gold
medal!
… And this is Lee Bong-ju, an 18-year-old young
20’ man coming from Korea. This is the 2nd time he took
part in the long jump at the Asian Games. Last time he
jumped 8.5 metres. Today he’s won a gold medal for
men’s long jump. He jumped 8.9 metres.
… Now we’re just waiting for the last high jumper.
Vichai coming from Thailad is going to jump. The bar is - T has sts do the task after
at 2.30 metres and… it seems too high for him. Now listening to the tape
he’s beginning his final attempt. And he has jumped!... Have sts do the task after
Ooh! He has crashed into the bar! He’s landing. The bar listening to the tape.
-Ss listen and give the
206
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
has fallen too. Is he hurt? No, no, he’s all right. He’s answer on the bb
getting up and walking away. But he looks very -Individual
disappointed. Have sts do the task after
II.While listening: listening to the tape again.
TASK 1:Listen and choose the best answer A,B,C or D
for the following sentences: Sts listen to the tape one
. Sts listen to the tape and then do TASK 1 more and then do
(multiple choice) TASK 2
-.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Ss work in pairs and do the
C A B B D tast 2

4’ TASK 2:Listen again and asnwer the questions:

1. What time was “The Asian Games Report”


programme?
2. How many gold medals have the Japanese athletes
won in the first three days?
3. How many times has Lee Bong-ju participated in the
long jump?
4. What was the last sport event mentioned in the
2’ report?
5. What did Vichal look like after he finished his
performance?
*Answers: 1. (It was at) 10.15 p.m Have sts work in groups to
name some Vietnamese
2. (They have won) 6 gold medals. famous athletes

3. (He has participated in the long jump) 2 times.


4. It was high jump.

5.He looked very disappointed


IV. After listening:

Sts work in groups to name some Vietnamese famous


athletes.

Trần Hiếu Ngân (In Taekwondo, she won the silver


medal in the Olympic Games 2000, in Sydney,
Australia)
Trần võ Thúy Hạnh (In Judo, she won the gold medal
in the 19th SEA Games, in Bangkok, Thailand).
Lý Đức (In Bodybuilding, he won the gold medal in the

207
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Asian Games 2002, in Busan, Korea).
-T summaries the main points
V.Home work:
-Learn all the lesson you have learnt in listening
-Prepare the next lesson: writing
-

WEEK 27
PERIOD 78

UNIT 12 THE ASIAN GAMES


PART D: Writing
I.Objective:
-By the end of the lesson Ss will be able to
-Write a paragraph describing the preparation for the Asain Games
-Using verb in the future tense
II.Material:
-Text book, handouts, modal writing about the Asian Games
III.Anticipated problems:
-Studenys may not have enough vocabulary to complete the task so T should be ready to
assist them
IV. Procedures:
 Check up:(7’)
Answer the questions and write some new words on the bb
. 1. What time was “The Asian Games Report” programme?
2. How many gold medals have the Japanese athletes won in the first three days?
3. How many times has Lee Bong-ju participated in the long jump?
4. What was the last sport event mentioned in the report?
5. What did Vichai look like after he finished his performance
* NEW LESSON

208
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
T CONTENTS T AND Ss’activites
5’ I.Warm up: -T asks ss some questions
_A photo of My Dinh stadium about the stadium
-Ss discuss and answer the
questions

Sts have to use the cues


given to write a paragraph of
120 words to describe the
preparations for the Games
if Vietnam is going to be a
host country for the coming
Asian Games.
Sts may start the description
with:
“To prepare for the coming
II.Pre-writing: Asian Games, we have a lot
Have sts write a paragraph of 120 words to describe the of things to do. First of all,
preparations for the Games. we will build one more
 To prepare for the coming Asian Games, we have a National Stadium, sports
lot of things to do. buildings and car parks…”
III. While-writing Each st has to write the
Some suggested questions: description.
1. What will we have to build first? (one more National
30’ Stadium, sports buildings and car parks)
2. Why do we have to upgrade the National Sports
Centers and local stadiums? (because they are not in
good conditions)
3. What will be widened? (the training areas and roads
to sport buildings)
4. What do we have to equip all the hotels and guest
houses with modern facilities for? (to supply good
services for athletes and visitors, and special services
for disabled athletes./ (to make athletes comfortable
when they attend the Games)
5. What can we propagate and advertise on the radio and
TV?
6. How can we recruit volunteers to serve the Games? -Ss look at the sample
7. What should we do to choose an official music? writing and write the other
*Sample writing: writing
To prepare for the coming Asian Games, we have -T checks and give the
a lot of things to do. feedback
-Ss can make some
209
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
First of all, we will build one more National Stadium and questions after finishing the
some sports building and car parks. The National Sports writing
Centres and local stadiums are not in good condition so
they need to be immediately upgraded. And we will
widen the training areas and the roads to the sports
buildings. Then we have to equip all the hotels and guest
houses with modern facilities to welcome foreign
athletes and visitors. These hotels should also have
3’ special service for disable athletes. It is necessary to
propagate and advertise all the preparations for the Asian
games on the radio and TV. Finally, we need to recruit
volunteers to serve the Games-These people should be
university teacher and students with good English. One
more important thing is that we have to hold a
competition to choose an official music for welcoming
the Asian Games.
-III. Wrap up:
T summaries the main point of the lesson
-For home work ,T asks Ss to revise their work,
incorporating their peers and teacher’s comments and
corretions

WEEK 27
PERIOD 79

UNIT 12 THE ASIAN GAMES


PART E: Language focus
I.Objectives:
By the end of the lesson, Ss wii be able to:
-Distinguish the sounds /str/, /skr/ , /skw/
-Pronounce the words and sentences containing these sounds correctly
-Master the use of relative clauses and equivalent types of clauses without relative pronouns
-Use these strictures correctly and appropriately to solve communicative tasks

II.Material:
-Text book, handouts, play games
III.Anticipated problems:
Students might have difficulty pronouncing cluster because the do not exist in
Vietnamese .Therefore , T should be ready to assist them
IV.Procedures
1.Check up:(7’)
1. What time was “The Asian Games Report” programme?
2. How many gold medals have the Japanese athletes won in the first three days?
210
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
3. How many times has Lee Bong-ju participated in the long jump?
4. What was the last sport event mentioned in the report?
5. What did Vichai look like after he finished his performance
2.New lesson:
T Contents T & SS’activities
5’ I.Warm up: -T asks Ss to find some
chatting words which have the
sounds:/str/, /skr/,/skw/

Have sts listen to the cassette


II.Pronunciation:
tape or the teacher.
Have sts repeat the words in
Chùm phụ âm này không có trong tiếng việt
the book
-T listen and corrects it ì Ss
Pronunciation: / str / / skr / / skw/
pronounce the target
-street scream square
incorrectly
-Strong screen squeeze
-Strange screw squeak
-strenght scratch squeal

 Listen and repeat


Practice reading these sentences (6 sentences)
III.Grammar:
-T explains some rules to
*Theory:
omission of relative
*Khi đại từ quan hệ làm túc từ ở mệnh đề quan hệ xác
pronouns
định , chúng ta có thể bỏ
-Ex: The book which/that I’m reading is one of
Dickens
* The book I’m reading is one of Dickens
-The student that/whom you meet in the library is my
class’s prefect
*The student you meet in the library is my
class’prefect
-Trái lại ,đại từ quan hệ làm túc từ ở mệnh đề quan hệ
-Ss work in groups and do
không không xác định không được bỏ
the exercises (Task 1) after
Ex: This book,which you recommended to me , is very
work in pairs
interesting
-T corrects and give
*Pratice:
feedback
Task 1:
Complete each of the following sentences with a
relative clause, using a suitable sentence in the box to
211
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
make your relative clause
1. I like the diamond ring (whom) he invited to
the party
2. Have you found the bike (which) John tells are
very funny.
3. Most of the classmates (which) I bought
yesterday is expensive.
4. The short stories ( which) Mary is -T gets Ss to read through
wearing the sentences in the box .T
5. The dictionary but very interesting (which) you explains new words , if any
lost? -T prepares a few examples
6. I did not like the man (whom) we met below and writes them on the
this morning. board
(which) we had for
lunch was really

7.The beef delicious


*Task 2:
Complete each of the following sentences, using a
suitable sentence in the box to make your relative T gets Ss read through the
clause with a preposition sentences and explains some
 The fly that I wanted to travel on new words if neccssary
was full
 -The fly I wanted to travel on was
full

1. The flight I wanted to travel on was fully booked


2. I enjoy my job because I like the people I
work with
3. The dinner party we went to was not very
enjoyable
4. The house we are living in is not in good
condition
5. I was not interested in the things they were
talking about
6. He did not get the job he applied for
7. The bed I slept in was very modern

Task 3:
In sententes 1, 2, 4, 6, and 7, relative pronouns can be
omitted.

212
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
V.Wrap up:
-T summarise the main points fo the lesson
-For homwork, Ss do all exercises in workbook and
prepare for the next lesson

Period 80,81: Review


Review

I .Pronunciation
I. Which word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others .
1. a. equipped b. delivered c. transfered d. recieved
2. a. helps b. provides c. documents d. laughs
3. a. noisy b. subscribe c. service d. grafics
4. a. sure b. sugar c. special d. show
5. a. swim b. swallow c. swing d. sword
II.Choose the best answers .
6/ Water is one of the most precious resouces .................. for our life .
a that we depend b. on which we depend c. which we depend d. on that we depend
7/ The people in my neighbourhood are leading a ...................... life .
a. peace b. peacefulness c. peaceful d. peacefully
8/ Do you know that environmentalist ................ I used to work ?
a. in which b. with that c. in which d. with whom
9/ Human beings have ..........great influence on .............. world .
a. O / a b. the / O c. the / a d. a / the
10. We will never use solar energy in its ....…… a. entire b. entirely c. entirenes d. entired
8. A ..…………..is a structure that is used to convert the power of the wind into electricity.
a. dam b. windmill c. . rule d. energy
11. Oil, coal, and natural gas are ...………………
a. solar system b. nuclear power c. hydropower d. fossil fuels
213
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
12 Coal, ....of energy in many countries, is a serious polutants.
a. the main source b. is the main source c. being the main source d. that is the man source
13. The old man ....a black suit is a famous energy researcher.
a. to wear b. wearing c. whom is wearing d. is wearing
14. We should develop such ............sources of energy as solar energy and nuclear enrgy.
a. alternative b. traditional c. revolutionary d. surprising
15. The world's coal .……... last longer but, once used, these cannot be renewd.
a. reserves b. reservations c. stores d. storage
III.. Rewrite the sentences using relative clause .
1. A cafe is a small restaurant. People can get a light meal there .
................................................................................................................
2. I saw a lot of people and horses . They went to the market.
..................................................................................................................
3. You gave me a nice present . Thank you for that present .
..................................................................................................................
4. The magazine is owned by Mears group . Its chairman is Sir Brown .
...................................................................................................................
5. They are going on the road. It leads to the village .
....................................................................................................................
6. This is my loved school. I studied in this school when I was young .
IV.. Read and fill in each blank with one suitable word form the box:
matter consuming fifthy dangerous supply vailble reaches
contain conservation safe renewable correct
Solar energy, air and water are usually called (1) .............. resources because there is an unlimited
(2) ..........of them. However, this definition may change if people are not careful with (3) .............of these
resources. The quality of solar energy that (4) .............the earth depends on the atmosphere. if the
atmosphere is polluted, the solar energy reaching the earth may be (5) ............ if life is about to continue,
the air must (6) ...............the appropriate amount of N, O2, , CO2 and other gases. If humans continue to
pullute the air, it will not contain the (7) .........amount of these gases. Water is also a (8) ......to take into
cnsideration. Industry is making our water (9) ......... Therefore, resources must be conserved, the air and
water must be protected. (10) .........must play important part in life.

Period 82,83 Test , Correction of test

WEEK 28
PERIOD 84

UNIT 13 : HOBBIES
PART A: Reading

I. Objectives
Students can practice:
- Guessing the meaning of the word in context:accomplished guitarist
214
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Intensive reading skills :about hobbies
- Scanning and skimming skills: To get information ABOUT hobbies such as :collect
stamps,keeping fish and play guitars..
II. Material
Text books, board, chalks.pictures and handouts
III. Procedures
*.Checking up the old lesson (5’):
Remind some relative prononces and how to omission it in the sentence

T CONTENTS T & SS’ACTIVITIES


6 I.Warm up:(6’) -T give some questions
about the hobbies of SS
’ Reading playing chess -Ss work in groups and
give the answers on the
bb( 2 groups)
Things you do in
-T checks and gives the
Playing guitar your free time ideas

Going shopping -Which group write


more and correct that
Fishing Collecting stamps group will win

T give some expression


to lead to New Lesson
-T: How can you keep yur hobbies and why do you have that -T uses some
hobby ?Come to Unit 13 : HOBBIES techniques to teach the
II.While reading:(26’) new words
1. Vocabulary:(7’) -Ss listen , repeat and
-accomplished(a): well-trained, skilled give the meaning in
-accompany (v): use a musical instrument, accompanying English and
-modest (a): not very big Vietnameses
-avid (a) : eager, crazy
- discarded (a): thrown away -T reads and SS repeat
-indudlge in (v) : let yourself do or have something that you In chorus and in
Enjoy individually
-collect(v) –collector(n) -Ss repeat and give the
*Checking Vocabulary: What and where meaning
2.Task 1: Fill in the blank with the words given in the
box(8’)

Discarded, modest, accomplished, accompanying,


fish tank, avid, keep me occupied 215
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

1.Van Cao is an…………………..musician.All his song are -T explains how to do


very popular -SS work in groups and
2.This TV can’t be used. It can be………………… write the answers on
3.My father loves ……………..for my mother’s songs the posters and hang it
4.I spend most of her time to look after the children.I really on bb
……………………….. -T checks and gives
5.My brother has a beautiful……………..which has a lot of feedback
beautiful fishes
6.He doesn’t like a big house.His only dream is to have a
………………little house on the bank
7.She loves all kinds of stamps.She is an ………..collector of
stamps -T explains the rules to
3.Task 2:Scan the passage and answer the questions ( play a SS
game: noughs and crosses)(11’) -Ss work in groups and
after that work in pairs
*Suggested answers: ask and answer the
1.Playing theguitar questions (2 groups)
2.No,he isn’t -T checks and give the
3.He is accomplished guitarist and he ‘s good at accompany feedback
people by his guitar
4.Keeping fishes 1 2 9
5.From shop and the rice field near his house 5 3 4
6.an avid stamp 6 7 8
7.from discarded envelop that my relatives and friends give me
8.local stamps -Ss woork in groups of
9.He usually gives away to others or if ni one wants them he 8 students,
simply throws them away One Ss is a famous
III.Post –reading: role play person, others are the
* Suggested questions: interviewers and
1.What is your favourite hobby? interview the famous
2.How often do you …………….? person
3.Where do you usually……………?
4.When do you usually…………………?
5.Who do you usually ………………..with? -T can lists for SS
6.Why do you enjoy………………? some hobbies

IV.Homework
Write a passage to answer the questions
Among the three hobbies mentioned in the passage which one
are you interested in?

216
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

WEEK 28
PERIOD 85 Date of preparation: 10th ,March,2009

UNIT 13 : HOBBIES
PART B: Speaking
I.Objectives
.By the end of the lesson, the students will be able to
- make a dialogue with their partners about their hoby – collecting stamps
- talk about their own hobbies and express the reasons they take up such hobbies.
II.Language notes:
a. Structures:
- What is your hobby?
- How do you collect ...?
- Where do you buy ...?
- How do you organise ...?
- Why do you collect ....?
- What are you going/planning to ...?
-classify something into categories, the simple present and the simple future tense.
-
b. Vocabulary:
217
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- stamp collecting
- chat (v)
- book stall (n)
- collection (n)
- exchange (v)
- category (n)
- classify (v)

III.Material
- Pictures , text book
- Pictures of activities: swimming, fishing, stamp-collecting, mountain-climbing, playing
compute games, reading books, watching TV, chatting with a friend
on the phone, etc.
2. Some kinds of books, i.e. student books, comic books, novels…
3. Some name tags: student books, comic books, novels…
IV.Procedures:
-1. Checking up:( 5’)
Answer the questions:
What is the first hobby of writer?
Write some new words

Contents T & Ss’activities


- A student goes to the board
I - Warm up(5’) and gets the picture.
Guessing game: - The others can't see the
- Call on a student and give a picture to him/her. picture.
- Don't let the others see the picture.
- Ask them to make Yes or No questions to guess: - Make Yes or No questions to
'What are the special foods in the picture? ' guess.
'What holiday is it?' - T Arouse the students'
interest, curiosity and provide
- Show the picture on the screen. an introduction to the topic and
(Can have some music about new year) content.

- Relate the content of the


lesson to the students' own
background knowledge and
interest to motivate students.

Visual aids.

Possible Questions:
Is there a cake in the picture?
218
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Have you got...?
Is it ... holiday? The student answers the
- Possible Problems: questions: Yes/ No.
The students may misunderstand between Yes/ No - Look at the picture to check
questions and Wh-questions -> Teacher will suggest the result.
some structures as examples.
- Listen to the introduction.
II - Task 1: (10’) - Listen and watch the show of
- Introduce the situation. the dialogue to imitate
- Tell the students to listen and watch the show of the (pronunciation, intonation...)
dialogue to imitate
- Set up pairs of the students in the class. - Work with the partner next to
- Have the students work in pairs and practice reading them.
the

dialogue.
- Have the same pairs change roles Work in pairs and practice
reading the dialogue in roles.
- Go around and help if necessary. - Change their roles; all the
Language notes: members of the pairs have role-
- Tell the students to list the questions that they can use played all the parts.
in a conversation about a holiday or a festival. - Can ask if have any
- Call on two students to write on the board. difficulties in pronunciation or
(Can have a competition between them) vocabulary.

Memory check:
- Direct students to practice reading the dialogue
without books.
- Call on several students to role-play in front of the
class.
- Make any necessary corrections to their conversation.

III - Task 2:(15’): make a dialogue about collecting


stamps. Use the suggested below7
- Show photos and ask:
What holiday is it? Read aloud the words.
Tell thestudents to listen and
repeat.

-Look at the pictures and


photos to get the meaning of
Valentine's day new words.
219
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Listen to the teacher to imitate
Language notes: the pronunciation and repeat.
- Show the pictures and photos:
- Write down new words.
- Work in groups of four
students.
Masks Harvest - Discuss and match the
- holidays with its meaning and
- Introduce the task. activities.
- Set up groups of the students in the class. - Write the result on the
- Have the students work in groups - T reads the dialogue
twice, pays attention to
pronunciation, stressed
- Go around and help if necessary. words.
- T explains the phrase
Result check: “classify something into
- Tell the students to handle categories” and “name
Roast turkey (photo) tag” by showing some
Masks (Picture) different kinds of books
Parade (photo and context) and classifying them into
Harvest (photo): Vô thu ho¹ch. categories, then put each
“Which would you like to do?” of them with a name tag.
“ I’d like __________” - T has Ss practise in pairs.
“ Why would you like to do it?” - T asks some good pairs
“Because _____________” to present in front of the
class. (T pays attention
to accuracy)
3.Post-speaking: (7’)

- Question:
What holiday is next two days?
- Show the pictures as a suggestion.
- Tell them to work in pairs and talk about Christmas.
- Go around and help if necessary.
- Call on 1 or 2 students to report the result in front of
the class.

VI – Homework (3’)
- Give homework direction.
1. Take part in a discussion about holidays and festivals
on net.
2. Speaking (workbook)
220
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

Date of planning: .........../............


Date of teaching: .........../............
PERIOD:......
UNIT 13 HOBBIES
Lesson: WRITING

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to write a collection of about 120
– 130 words based on suggested idea prompts.
II. LANGUAGE FOCUS
New words words related to hobbies
III. TEACHING AIDS real objects, pictures
IV. PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - Has Ss find words going with “Collect”. Work in groups
(5mn) - Checks and announces the winners .
Key: stamps, stickers, dolls, toy cars, old
money, coins. Stuffed animals.
- Leads Ss into the lesson.

2. Pre-writing - Has Ss discuss their collection, using the Work in pairs


(13mn) guidelines provided.
- Walks around and helps Ss if necessary.
- Checks and corrects.
- Introduces Ss the detailed outline.
1. Name of your collection
Stamp collection
2. When did you start your collection?
6 years ago
3. How do you collect them?
Collect both native stamps and foreign stamps
from the letters of friends and relatives
4. How do keep them?
In album
5. How do you classify them?
Classify them into categories / put stamps
of animals, flowers, birds… on different
pages
6. Why dop you collect them?
221
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
Collecting stamps help to broaden
knowledge about the world / an effective
way to be good at geography.
7. Your plan for the future
Join the stamp exhibitions to learn from
experienced stamp collectors / can expose
collection at an exhibition in the future.

- Has Ss write a paragraph about their


3. While- writing collection of 120 – 130 words, using the Work individually
(15mn) cues given.
- Walks around the class and helps Ss if
necessary.

- Asks some Ss to write their paragraph on


4. Post- writing the board.
(10mn) - Comments and corrects.
- Asks Ss to do the exercises of Writing in
Workbook, page 82. Do at home
5. Homework
- Asks Ss to prepare the next lesson carefully
(2mn)

……………………………………………………………………

Date of planning: .........../............


Date of teaching: .........../............
PERIOD:......
UNIT 13 HOBBIES
Lesson: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:


- pronounce exactly and fluently the sounds /pt/-/bd/-/ps/-/bz/ in words and in sentences.
- build sentences with “cleft sentences” such as subject focus, object focus, adverbial focus.
II. TEACHING AIDS cassette player, pictures, hand outs
I. PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - Gives Ss some words and asks them to read Work individually
(4mn) these words.
1. jumped 2. traps 3. robs 4. rubbed
- Checks.
- Leads Ss into the lesson.
2. Pronunciation  Activity 1 Listen and repeat
(5mn) - Writes 3 sounds /pt/-/bd/-/ps/-/bz/ on the
board.
- Reads the sounds.
- Has Ss repeat the words in the text book - Repeat in chorus,
after the tape. individually.
222
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Introduces Ss the pronunciation of the
sounds /pt/, /bd/, /ps/, /bz/
Note: /p/ + ed  /pt/ ; /b/ + ed  /bd/
/p/ + s  /ps/ ; /b/ + s /bz/
Ex:
/pt/ /bd/ /ps/ /bz/
stepped robbed stops robs
(4mn)  Activity 2 Practise these sentences
- Reads the sentences and asks Ss to repeat. - Read in chorus.
- Asks Ss to pay attention to the sentence - Work individually
stress.
- Asks Ss to pick out the words containing the
sounds /str/-/skr/-/skw/.
- Checks the result.

3. Grammar &  Cleft sentences:


vocabulary - Explains what cleft sentences is.
(10mn)  Cleft sentences is used to emphasizes
something by using “It + Be + Relative
clauses”
- Gives some examples.
Ex:
a. Mr. Bang went to Britain twice.
à It was Mr. Bang who/that went to Britain
twice.
b. The boy hit the dog.
à It was the dog which/that the boy hit
c. Ho Chi Minh was born in Vietnam.
à It was in Vietnam that Ho Chi Minh was
born.
- Explains the way of writing cleft sentences
with subject focus, object focus, adverbial
focus
(7mn)  Exercise 1
- Has Ss rewrite the sentences, using cleft Work individually
sentences with subject focus.
- Checks and corrects.
(7mn)  Exercise 2
- Has Ss rewrite the sentences, using cleft Work individually
sentences with object focus.
- Checks and corrects.
(6mn)  Exercise 3
- Has Ss rewrite the sentences, using cleft Work individually
sentences with adverbial focus.
- Walks around and helps Ss if necessary.
- Checks and corrects.

4. Homework - Asks Ss to do the exercises of Language Do at home


(2mn) Focus in Workbook, page 85 - 87.
- Asks Ss to prepare the next lesson carfully.

223
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
WEEK 28
PERIOD 86

UNIT 13 : HOBBIES
PART C: Listening

I. Objectives
II. –By the end of the lesson , Students will be able to
- Listen to the hobbies of a student.
- listen to a talk a fill in blanks with True or False

III. Material:
- Cassette player, board
- Some books
III.Skills: Listening skill

IV. Procedures

Time Content T&Ss’ activities


5 Warmer Ss work in pairs

stamps / fish / book / swimming


- Ask students to work in pairs - Asks students to close
- Have some students to write theirs their books
sentences on the board and check for - Gives them prompts
correction and asks them make
- Show some books and ask students: sentences with those
What are the benefit of reading books? prompts provided
* Before listening
Find the letter
1.It is noun with four letter
2.It can be your friend or even your teacher
3.It gives you knowledge about the world T introduces the new
5 4.It can be found in a library lesson
BOOK
Lead in new lesson
Do you read book?
How often do you read them?
Do people collect books as a hobby?
Today you are going to listen to someone

224
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
talking about his hobby of reading books.In the
first place I’m going to help you know some Ss show meanings and
new words parts of speech of the
Pre-listening words
I.Vocabulary(10’)
1.Gigantic(a)=huge(a)
2.fairy tale(n)
Ex:My grandmother used to tell story to me
before I went to sleep
3.Profitably(adv)translation
4.bygone days(question
What do you call the days which have passed? Ss work in pairs say T or
*While listening (25’) F
II.Task1:Listen and decide whether T or F

Play the tape 2 times and students give the


answers of the task 1. Students can write their
answers on the board
- Play the tape the third time and give students Ss work in groups
the right answers complete the following
sentences

Answers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
T F F F T T T F

T Explains the instruction


of the task 2 to the students
III.Task 2: Listen and write the missing and ask them prepare the
words task 2 silently, walk
around and give students
- Play the tape 2 times and students give the help
answers of the task 2. Students can write their
answers on the board Ss Listen to the tape, the
go to the board and write
their answers
- Pay attention on to the
listening passage and take
Play the tape the third time sentence by note the correct answers
sentence and correct the answers on the board

Answers
1 2 3 4 5
wonderful disease jungle certainly
225
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
ignorantly

*Post-listening(10’)

- Ask students to work in groups and give them


the instruction of the task:
Talking about the disadvantages of over-
reading, give many examples to the task
- Ask them write the report on a sheet of paper
- Call one student of each group to write the
report on the board

V.Homework
Write a passage 50words about disadvantages
of over-reading

Date of planning: .........../............


Date of teaching: .........../............
PERIOD:..89....
UNIT 15 SPACE CONQUEST
Lesson: READING

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss wil be able to :


+ develop such reading micro-skills as scanning for specific ideas, and identifying and correcting false
statements.
+ use the information they have read to discuss celebrations in their culture
II. LANGUAGE FOCUS
 Grammar
 New words Words related to the topic( society, women....)
III. TEACHING AIDS Real objects, pictures, English textbook 12, hand-outs.
IV. PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - T asks students to look at the pictures Discuss in pairs and
(5mn) and answer the questions: answer the teacher’s
1. What can you see in each picture? questions
2. What do you call a person who flies a
plane/ a spaceship?
3. Which job do you prefer, a pilot or an
astronaut? Why?
- Leads into the new lesson.
2. Pre-reading Activity 1:
(10mn) - Asks sts to match the names with the pictures Answer orally
in the textbook. (page 166) (Order of the pictures
1. Pham Tuan from left to right: Neil
2. Neil Armstrong Armstrong, Yuri
226
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
3. Yuri Alekseyevich Gagarin Alekseyevich Gagarin,
- Has sts work in pairs, answers the questions Pham Tuan)
in the textbook based on the names of people
in activity 1.
- Checks sts’ answer and supply the correct
information if necessary.
Activity 2:
3. While- reading
( 20mn)
- Teacher introduces some new words. Work in pairs
orbit (n)
weightlessness (n)
enormous (a)
uncertainty (n)
temperature (n)
occur (v)
- T has sts practise reading the new words.
 TASK 1:
- Give instructions for Task 1.
- Ask sts to read the passage silently to finish
Task 1.
- Check orally & correct if necessary.
 TASK 2: Work in pairs
- Asks sts to read the passage again to answer
the question in pairs.
- Walks around to give help if necessary.
- Checks sts’ answers by asking some pairs of
sts give the questions and answers
Work in groups
- Asks sts to work in groups, complete the
4. Post- reading summary of the reading passage by putting the
(10 mn) words/ phrases in the box into the blanks
- Teacher walks around to give help if
necessary
- Check sts’ answers and give bonus to the
winners.
- Learn the new words. Do at home
5. Homework - Read the passage again.
( 2mn) - Prepare Part B. Speaking.

…………………………………………………………………
Date of planning: .........../............
Date of teaching: .........../............
PERIOD:....90..
UNIT 15 SPACE CONQUEST
Lesson: SPEAKING

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss wil be able to talk about possible of events. talk about historical
events on the space conquest.
II. LANGUAGE FOCUS
 Grammar
227
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
 New words Words/phrases relate to the process of launching its first manned apace craft into space
I. TEACHING AIDS pictures, posters, textbook…
II. PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - Give some picture of famous astronaut and Work individually
(3 mn) asks sts some questions and answer.
1. Who are they?
2. What are they?
3. What are their nationalities?
- Asks sts rearrange 6 pictures with is name.
- Leads Sts into the new lesson.
2. Pre-speaking  TASK 1:
(12mn) - Has sts work in pair, read the following Work in pairs
piece of news, then ask and answer question.
- Give some new words:
+ manned
+ spacecraft
+ launch
+ milestone
- Has sts made questions with when, what,
how old, how important, how many.
3. While- speaking  TASK 2: Work in pairs
(17mn) - Has sts talk about the important events in
space exploration
- walks around the class, offer ideas and
comments when sts need help.
_set model with students.
4. Post- speaking
Work in pairs
Has some students come form of the class and
(10mn)
talk about the important event in the space
conquest.

5. Homework - Has Sst prepare lesson listening


(3 mn) - Asks Sts rewrite the important events in the
space conquest.

…………………………………………………………………
Date of planning: .........../............
Date of teaching: .........../............
PERIOD:.....91.
UNIT 15 SPACE CONQUEST
Lesson: LISTENING

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss will know how to listen to give some information about women
and the role of them in society.
II. LANGUAGE FOCUS
 Grammar
 New words Words related to society, women.
II. TEACHING AIDS cassette,picture,poster and text
228
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
III. PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - Has students close their books then ask Work in pairs
(5mn) some questions to lead in
1. Name the 1st men to land on the moon.
2. His nationality.
3. When
2. Pre-listening - Has students work in pairs to match the
(10mn) picture with the caption.
- Has students read a loud the words correct.
- Supplis the stress (or pronunciation) and the
meaning
3. While- listening  TASK 1
( 20 mn) - Explains the situation.
- Has students read through the statements Work in pairs
quickly.
- Supplies the meaning of some words.
- Plays the tape thrice, for the last time, have a
pause after each sentence.
- Play the tape again (in need) to confirm the
answer.
 TASK 2 Work in pairs
- Ask students have a look at the questions.
- Have students listen to the tape again for 3
times (with a pause)
Work in groups
4. Post- listening - Has students work in group to discuss the
(8 mn) questions.
- Goes round the class to help students
- Calls some students to give answer.
5. Homework
(2 mn) Asks Sts to prepare Unit 15 – Language focus

…………………………………………………………………

PERIOD:.....92
UNIT 15 SPACE CONQUEST
Lesson: WRITING

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss wil be able to :


+ know the content and structure of one’s person biography.
+ write the biography of one identified person, based on the given information.
II. LANGUAGE FOCUS
 Grammar
 New words textbook, poster, pictures
III. TEACHING AIDS extraboard
IV. PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


229
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
1. Warm-up - Shows a short video clip /picture about Neil Work in pairs
(7 mn) Armstrong and ask students some questions
about him:
1. Who is he?
2. What does he do?
3. Is he Russian or American?
4. When did he walk on the moon?
- Leads Sts into the new lesson.

2. Pre-writing - Divides sts into four groups, ask one from Work in groups
(15mn) each group to the board to write down
information we need to write one’s biography.
Others in the same group can help by shouting
the needed words or phrases.
- Gives feedback and marks to the group with
correct information.
- Chooses five words/phrases and explains the
meanings (if necessary): career, place of birth,
date of birth, quote.

3. While- writing  TASK 1:


( 10 mn) - Asks sts to read the information about Neil Work in groups
Armstrong, the first human to set foot on the
moon, then put each of the headings in the box
in the appropriate blank.
- Shows some pictures relating to the career of
Neil Armstrong: NASA, the moon, space
shuttle, United States Navy.
- Explains the meaning of some difficult
words: resign, appoint, vice chairman,
committee, investigate, disaster, leap)
 TASK 2:
- Divides students into groups of four. Work in groups
- Asks sts to write a biography of Neil
Armstrong from the information given in Task
1- Asks sts to pay attention to these points
+ Prepositions: at-on-in-from-to-with
+ Articles: a-an-the
+ Words/phrases used to write biography: be
known as- work as- resign from-
+ Simple past tense
+ Simple present tense
- Walks around to supervise and give help
when necessary

4. Post- writing - Asks Sts to exchange their paper card to


(3mn) correct.
- Asks one group to show their biography on
the board.
- Gives comment and correct in front of other
students, ask them to pay attention to some
230
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
basic grammatical mistakes.
 Model:
Neil Armstrong is an American astronaut. He is
known as the first person to walk on the moon. He
was born on August 5th, 1930 in Wapakoneta in
Ohio. From 1949 to 1952, he worked as a pilot in
the United States Navy. Armstrong received his
B.S from Purdue University in 1955. He joined the
NASA astronaut program in 1962. Neil Armstrong
became the first human to step on the moon’s
surface on July 20th, 1969. He was joined by Buzz
Aldrin forty minutes later. Armstrong and Aldrin
spent two and a haft hour on the moon’s surface.
Armstrong received his M.S from the University of
Southern California. He resigned from NASA a
year later and from 1971 to 1979, he taught at the
University of Cincinnati. In 1986 Armstrong was
appointed vice chairman of the committee that
investigated the Challenger shuttle disaster. He is
also well-known for what he said when he stepped
on the moon’s surface:” That’s one small step for
man, one giant leap for mankind”
Do at home
- Asks sts to write their own biography.
5. Homework - Asks Sts to preparethe next lesson.
(2mn)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

PERIOD:.....93.
UNIT 15 SPACE CONQUEST
Lesson: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss wil be able to:


+ distinguish the sounds /nt/-/nd/-/n/-/ns/-/nz/
+ pronounce the words and sentences containing these sounds correctly
+ how to use could/be able to and tag questions
II. LANGUAGE FOCUS
 Grammar
 New words Words related to topic
III. TEACHING AIDS a cassette, pictures, handouts ,
IV. PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - Has Ss pronounce the words: - One Ss reads and
( 5mn) 1. went 2. end 3. warmth says what sounds are
4. chance 5. pens repeated.
- Underlines the sounds and leads into the
lesson.
2. Pronunciation  Activity 1 Listen and repeat
( 12 mn) - Writes the sounds /nt/-/nd/-/n/-/ns/-/nz/ on
231
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
the board.
- Reads the sounds.
- Has Ss repeat the words in the text book - Repeat in chorus,
after the tape. individually.
 Activity 2 Practise these sentences
- Reads the sentences and asks Ss to repeat.
- Asks Ss to pay attention to the sentence
stress.
- Asks Ss to pick out the words containing the
- Repeat in chorus
sounds /nt/-/nd/-/n/-/ns/-/nz/.
- Checks the result.
3. Grammar & 1. CAN and BE ABLE TO:
vocabulary - Gives some examples:
(25 mn)
Ex:
1. My grandfather was very clever. He could
speak five languages.
2. The girl fell into the river, but fortunately
we were able to rescue her.
- Has Ss comment on the uses of “COULD”
Work in pairs
and “BE ABLE TO” in the sentences above.
- Introduces Ss the uses of “COULD” and
“BE ABLE TO”
 Notes:
+ Could: diễn tả 1 khả năng chung trong quá
khứ.
+ Chúng ta sử dụng could đặc biệt với nhứng
động từ sau: see - hear - smell - taste - feel -
remember understand
+ was/ were able to: dùng để diễn tả 1 nỗ lực
thành công trong quá khứ.
 Exercise 1
- Asks students to do exercise 1 in pairs
- Checks and gives correct answers Work in pairs
2. Tag questions:
- Gives some examples:
Ex: a. You are a student, aren’t you?
b. Mary does a lot of homework every
day, doesn’t she?
- Introduces Ss the formation of Tag questions.
 Exercise 2
- Asks students to do exercise 2 in pairs. Work in pairs
- Checks and gives correct answers.
 Exercise 3
- Asks students to do exercise 3 in pairs Work in pairs
- Checks and gives correct answer
Do at home
4. Homework
- Asks Ss to do the exercise in Workbook.
(3mn) - Has Ss prepare Unit 16. Part A – Reading.

232
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
………………………………………………………………………
Date of planning: .........../............
Date of teaching: .........../............
PERIOD:......
UNIT 16 THE WONDER OF THE WORLD
Period 94: READING

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss wil be able to :


+ develop such reading micro-skills as scanning for specific ideas, skimming for general information, and
guessing meaning in context.
+ use the information they have read to discuss the topic
II. LANGUAGE FOCUS
1. Grammar
2. New words Words related to topic
III. TEACHING AIDS Real objects, pictures, English textbook 12, hand-outs.
IV. PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - Has students to look at the pictures in the Look at the pictures
( 5mn) book and to answer some questions. and discuss
1. What are they?
2. Where are they?
3. When were they built?
4. Why were they built?
5. How were they built?
6. Who built them?
- Lead students to the topic of the reading:
The wonders of the world.

2. Pre-reading - Present key words and structures in


(10mn)
different ways.
+ wonder(n)
+ pyramid (n)
+ pharaoh (n)
+ tomb (n)
+ burial chamber
+ surpass (v)
+ spiral ramp
+ weight arm
+ proceed (v)
+ enclose (v)
+ The great Pyramid Is believed to have
+ It has been suggested that….
- Introduce the content of the reading and ask
students to read through the text silently to get
general comprehension
3. While- reading  TASK 1:
( 20mn) - Ask students to read the text again to locate Work in pairs
the new words given and know their meanings
in context, then fill them in the blanks.
233
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
- Asks some students to give their answers
together with reasons and correct them.
 TASK 2:
- Hase students read through the questions in Work in pairs
the book to understand them.
- Asks students to read the text sitently again
to answer the questions
- Get students to work in pairs to practice
asking and answering the questions orally.
- Ask some students to give their answers and
other students to remark these answers.
- Corrects the mistakes.
4. Post- reading
 TASK 3: Work in pairs
(10mn) - Has students explain the meaning of the
words mentioned in the passage.
- Teacher correct students’ answer. Work in groups
- Ask students to look at the examples and
explain them.
- Has students work in groups to find the
sentences that show facts and the ones that
describe opinions.
- Calls the representative of each group to
report the result to the class and give
feedback.
- Require students to write a paragraph (100 Do at home
5. Homework
(2mn)
words) about what they have just discussed.

……………………………………………………………
Date of planning: .........../............
Date of teaching: .........../............
PERIOD:......
UNIT 16 THE WONDER OF THE WORLD
Period 95: SPEAKING

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss wil be able to give their explanation of an event or introduce a
cultural heritage site.
II. LANGUAGE FOCUS
1. Grammar
2. New words Sentences and expressions for making suggestions about events.
III.TEACHING AIDS pictures, posters, textbook…
IV.PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - Pepares a handout with some atatements Work in pairs
( 3 mn) about the wonders of the world .and asl Ss to
give the name

2. Pre-speaking Introduces some wonders of the world


(12mn)
3. While- speaking
234
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
(17mn)  TASK 1: Work in pairs
- Itroduces the task and goes over the
sentences with the class.T explains some
words if necessary.
- Ask Ss to do the task in pairs.T goes
aroungd the class to offer help.
- Call some Ss to present their answers and
asks others comment.
 TASK 2; Work in pairs
- Has Ss tell each other about some facts and
opinions of the Great Pyramid of Giza based
on the information.
- Goes around to chck and offer help
- Asks some pairs to preform in front of the
4. Post- speaking classgive feedback.
(10mn)  TASK 3: Work in groups
- Has Ss work in group to discuss possible
answers to give questions
- Ask them to read the useful language and
the examples on page 182.
- Goes round and offer help
- Asks Ss to present their opinions and other
groups to share their Do at home
5. Homework
(3 mn) - Asks Ss to prepare Part C. Listening.
Date of planning: .........../............
Date of teaching: .........../............
PERIOD:......
UNIT 16 THE WONDER OF THE WORLD
Lesson: 96 LISTENING

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss will able to:


+ develop listening skills as intensive listening for specific information.
+ taking notes while listening.
II. LANGUAGE FOCUS
 Grammar
 New words Words related to describing Great Wall of China.
III. TEACHING AIDS cassette, poster and text, some pictures of persons or some real information about them
IV. PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - Shows some pictures of the wonders of the Listen and talk
(5mn) world and ask sts to talk about name, location
of these wonders

2. Pre-listening - Ask sts to look at the picture and answer the - Look at the picture
(10mn) questions and answer the
1. What can you see in the picture ? questions.
2. Where do you think it is ?
3. When do you think it was built?

235
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
-Introduce to sts that they will listen to a
passage about the Great Wall of China
- Explains some new words:
+ man –made wonder
+ magnificence and significance
+ World Heritage
+ UNESCO
+Ming Dynasty
+ ancient
+ stone roadway
+ Beijing
3. While- listening  TASK 1
(20mn) - Ask sts to read sentences in Task 1 carefully Listen and take notes
- Plays the tape twice and ask sts to do the task
- Ask Sts to exchange their answers with their
friends
- Gives feedback
 TASK 2
- Asks sts to read the questions carefully. - Read the sentences
- Plays the tape twice and ask sts to do the task carefully
-Asks sts to exchange their answers with their - Listen to the tape and
friends. fill in the missing
- Plays the tape one more time and ask sts to information
check the answers.
- Give feedback.

4. Post- listening - Divide sts into group of 4 and ask sts to tell Work in groups
(8mn) their partners why the Great Wall is
considered one of the greatest wonders in the
world and how it was built.
- Call some sts to present their talks to the
whole class.
- Give remarks.
5. Homework - Write a short passage about the Great Wall. Write a short passage
(2mn)
about the Great Wall

……………………………………………………………
Date of planning: .........../............
Date of teaching: .........../............
PERIOD:.97.....
UNIT 16 THE WONDER OF THE WORLD
Lesson: WRITING

I. OBJECTIVES By the end of the lesson, Ss wil be able to:


+ write about a friend by using the words they’ve learnt in previous lesson.
+ make a layout for a writing.
II. LANGUAGE FOCUS
1. Grammar
2. New words Ajectives and verb forms often used in desription of a historical place.
236
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
III. TEACHING AIDS Student’s book, textbook, hand-outs
IV. PROCEDURE

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - Asks some questions: Work in pairs
(7mn) 1. Do you know Nha trang?
2. How is it ?
3. What is it famous for?
- Leads Ss into the new lesson.
2. Pre-writing - Sets the scene: “You are going to write a Work in pairs
(15mn)
report on a visit to the Ponagar Cham Towers
in Nha Trang.”
- Has Ss read the given information on page
184 and answer the questions:
1.How many parts are there in the report?
2.what kind of information is included in each
part?
- Asks on some Ss to answer
3. While- writing Work in groups
(10mn) - Has Ss read the given information again and
write their reports in 15 minutes.
- Goes around to offer help.

4. Post- writing - Asks Ss to present their reports on the board.


(3mn) - Comments and corrects.
Do at home
5. Homework - Asks Ss to do the exercises in Workbook.
(2mn)
- Asks Ss to prepare the next lesson
carefully.

……………………………………………………………
Date of planning: .........../............
Date of teaching: .........../............
PERIOD:....98..
UNIT 16 THE WONDER OF THE WORLD
Lesson: LANGUAGE FOCUS

I. OBJECTIVES: By the end of this lesson, students will be able to:


+ practise how to pronounce of 4 ending sounds /ft/-/vd/-/fs/-/vz/.
+ learn how to use the structures with verb of reporting: 1. It is said that ………….
2. He is said ……………..
3. People say that ……….
II. METHOD: Intergrated, mainly communicative
III. TEACHING AIDS: textbooks, cassette tape
III.PROCEDURES:

Stages/time needed Teacher’s activities Students’ activities


1. Warm-up - Has Ss look at the pictures and asks: - One Ss reads and
(5mn) What they are? says what sounds are
repeated.
237
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
P.1 P.2 P.3 P.4

Keys:
1.gift 3. roofs 2. saved 4. scarves
- Has Ss read the words and guess what
ending sounds they are going to learn today.
- Introduces the new lesson.
2. Pronunciation
(12 mn)
 Activity 1: Listen and repeat
- Writes the sounds /ft/-/vd/-/fs/-/vz/ on the
board.
- Reads the sounds. - Repeat in chorus,
- Has Ss repeat the words in the text book individually.
after the tape.
 Activity 2: Practise these sentences
- Repeat in chorus
- Reads the sentences and asks Ss to repeat.
- Asks Ss to pay attention to the sentence
stress. - Work in pairs
- Asks Ss to pick out the words containing
the sounds /ft/-/vd/-/fs/-/vz/.
- Checks the result.

3. Grammar &  People say that ….. and It is said that ….


vocabulary - Give some examples.
(26 mn) Ex: People believe that 13 is an unlucky
number.
It is said that 13 is an unlucky number.
13 is believed to be an unlucky number.
- Has Ss comment the ways of changing in
two sentences above.
- Explains Ss the how to change the
sentences in two ways.
 Exercise 1:
- Has Ss do exercise 1 ( page 185).
- Walks around the class, offers ideas and Work in pairs
comments when Ss need help.
- Asks some Ss to give their answers on the
board.
- Corrects.
 Exercise 2:
- Has Ss do exercise 2 (page 186) Work in pairs
- Walks around the class, offers ideas and
comments when Ss need help.
- Asks some Ss to give their answers on the
board.
- Conducts the correction and explains.

4. Homework - Asks Ss to do the exercises in the workbook. Do at home


(2mn)

238
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
……………………………………………………………

Period 99- 103: Revision for the 2nd term

I .Pronunciation
I. Which word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others .
1. a. equipped b. delivered c. transfered d. recieved
2. a. helps b. provides c. documents d. laughs
3. a. noisy b. subscribe c. service d. grafics
4. a. sure b. sugar c. special d. show
5. a. swim b. swallow c. swing d. sword
II. Choose the best answers .
1/ Water is one of the most precious resouces .................. for our life .
a that we depend b. on which we depend c. which we depend d. on that we
depend
2/ The people in my neighbourhood are leading a ...................... life .
a. peace b. peacefulness c. peaceful d. peacefully
3/ Do you know that environmentalist ................ I used to work ?
a. in which b. with that c. in which d. with whom
4/ Human beings have ..........great influence on .............. world .
a. O / a b. the / O c. the / a d. a / the
5/ A number of rare animals are now in danger.....................extinction .
a. for b. into c. of d. with
6/ To protect our environment, industrial factories must stop releasing ............ into the
atmosphere .
a. pollute b. polluted c. pollution d. pollutants
7/ The areas .............. are destroyed suffer a lot from soil erosion .
a. that trees b. which trees c. trees which d. whose trees
8. A ..…………..is a structure that is used to convert the power of the wind into electricity.
a. dam b. windmill c. . rule d. energy
9. Oil, coal, and natural gas are ...………………
a. solar system b. nuclear power c. hydropower d. fossil fuels
10. Coal, ....of energy in many countries, is a serious polutants.
a. the main source b. is the main source c. being the main source d. that is the man source
11. The old man ....a black suit is a famous energy researcher.
a. to wear b. wearing c. whom is wearing d. is wearing
12. We should develop such ............sources of energy as solar energy and nuclear enrgy.
a. alternative b. traditional c. revolutionary d. surprising
13. The world's coal .……... last longer but, once used, these cannot be renewd.
a. reserves b. reservations c. stores d. storage
15. The .....of these toxic substances into the envinment is potentially devastating.
a. delivery b. release c. distribution d. research

239
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
III.. Rewrite the following sentences , using to infinitive phrases:
1. The child would be happier if he had someone that he could play with.
 ...........................................................................................................................
2. I'd more interested if I had a family that I had to cook for.
 ...........................................................................................................................
3. He was the first man who left the burning building.
 ...........................................................................................................................
4. You are the last person who saw her alive.
 ......................................................................
5. The fifth man who was interviewed was completely unsuitable.
 ...........................................................................................................................
6. He was the second man who was killed in this way.
 ...........................................................................................................................
IV.Rewrite the following sentences , using participle phrases:
1. Do you know the woman who is coming toward us?
 .....................................................................................................................
2. The people who was waiting for the bus in the rain is getting wet.
 .....................................................................................................................
3. The rules that allow public access to wilderness areas need to be reconsidered.
 .....................................................................................................................
4. The children who attend that school receive a good education.
 .....................................................................................................................
5. The scientists who are researching the causes of cancer are making progress.
 .....................................................................................................................
6. Our solr system is in a galary that is called the Milky way.
 .....................................................................................................................
Read and fill in each blank with one suitable word form the box:
matter consuming fifthy dangerous supply vailble reaches
contain conservation safe renewable correct
Solar energy, air and water are usually called (1) .............. resources because there is an unlimited
(2) ..........of them. However, this definition may change if people are not careful with (3) .............of these
resources. The quality of solar energy that (4) .............the earth depends on the atmosphere. if the
atmosphere is polluted, the solar energy reaching the earth may be (5) ............ if life is about to continue,
the air must (6) ...............the appropriate amount of N, O2, , CO2 and other gases. If humans continue to
pullute the air, it will not contain the (7) .........amount of these gases. Water is also a (8) ......to take into
cnsideration. Industry is making our water (9) ......... Therefore, resources must be conserved, the air and
water must be protected. (10) .........must play important part in life.

KEY-ĐỀ CƯƠNG ÔN THI HỌC KỲ II – KHỐI 11 HỆ 7 NĂM – 2022-2023

I. LANGUAGE:
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words.
1. A. architect B. arch C. church D. cheese
2. A. summer B. tutor C. struggle D. study
3. A. vacation B. exhibition C. nation D. question
240
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
4. A. wanted B. ranked C. surpassed D. laughed

Choose the word that has different stress pattern from that of the other words.
5. A. sophisticated B. painting C. interesting D. popular
6. A. provide B. struggle C. ethnic D. Village
7. A. hobby B. guitar C. modest D. common

Circle the best answer for each sentence.


8. The amount of solar energy that reaches the earth depends ______ the atmosphere.
A. on B. from C. into D. with
9. .The chemical __________from cars and factories make the air, water and soil dangerously dirty.
A. pollution B. polluted C. pollute D. pollutants
10. I think you've seen this one before, _______________________?
A. Don’t I B. do you C. haven’t you D. have you
11. Your grandfather could speak five languages, ……………. ?
A. can he B. can’t your grandfather C. couldn’t he D. couldn’t your grandfather
12. In some countries, women’s rights are not equal _________men’s.
A. for B. with C. from D. to
13. The knife _________we cut bread is very sharp.
A. which B. with which C. that D. with that
14. I'll be staying with Adrian, _________brother is one of my closest friends.
A. whom B. whose C. which D. that
15. The little girl _________I borrowed this pen has gone.
A. from that B. whose C. from whom D. from who
16. Their efforts were much _________when they won two gold medals in bodybuilding and billiards.
A. expended B. appreciated C. required D. considered
17. __________________I first met my girlfriend.
A. It was in London that B. It was in London where
C. It was London that D. It was London which
18. We are proud of our _________staff, who are always friendly and efficient.
A. well-done B. well-appointed C. well-behaved D. well- trained
19. Many rare _________of animals are in danger of extinction.
A. species B. classes C. being D. pairs
20. Fossil fuels will be exhausted with in a relatively short time.
A. comparatively B. shortly C. rapidly D. disadvantageously
21. _________ energy is the one that comes from the sun.
A. Wind B. Wave C. Nuclear D. Solar
22. John often uses Express Money_________ to send money to his parents in the countryside.
A. Change B. Exchange C. Transfer D. Send
23. Their_________ is rejected due to some problems of pollution.
A. suggest B. suggestion C. suggestive D. suggestible
24.1My English teacher, Mrs. Brookes, was someone ________ I had great respect.
A. that B. whom C. for who D. for whom
25.These adults, ________ come to my night class, are very eager to learn.
A. whose B. who C. that D. when
26.He was very busy at work, but he ________ take a short holiday on March 10th lunar month.

241
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
A. was able to B. can’t C. be able to D. couldn’t
27.We offer a very ________ rate for parcels of under 15 kg.
A. competing B. competent C. competitive D. competition
28.Oil, coal and natural gas are ________ fuels made from decayed material from animal or plants.
A. unleaded B. smokeless C. solid D. fossil
29.I don't know the title but I recognize the_.............. of this song.
A. sound B. rhyme C. tune D. theme
30. My mother, ________ is in her seventies is a doctor.
A. who B. that C. which D. who
31.He seldom goes to the library, …………………_?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn’t he
32.Despite the bad weather, he ________ get to the airport in time.
A. could B. was able to C. couldn't D. might
33.Wild animals ……… in their natural habitat will have a better and longer life than those which are
kept in protected areas.
A. live B. to live C. living D. lived
34.If the atmosphere is polluted, the solar energy ______ the earth may be dangerous.
A. reached B. reaching C. to reach D. reaches
35 The teacher ______ has not arrived yet.
A. I wrote to you about whom B. I wrote to you about
C. who I wrote to you D. whom I wrote to you about him.
36. He was the last person _______ in this way.
A. to be killed B. who killed C. being killed D. to kill

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
part in each of the following questions.
38 Our hotel has many spacious and pleasant rooms.
A. large B. speedy C. original D. cramped
40. It is impolite when you ask an american about their age, marriage and income
A. courteous B. rude C. friendly D. thoughtful
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.

41. People in this region cultivate mainly rice and vegetables.


A. destroy B. grow C. develop D. support
42.Football is a sport that attracts the most spectators.
A. reporters B. viewers C. observers D. players
43.Yuri Gagarin lifted off into space aboard the Vostro 1.
A. attracted B. occurred C. reacted D. launched

Choose the underlined part that needs correction.


45.I’m very hungry and thirsty now. I could ate a horse and drink an ocean.
A B C D
46.They prevented her from to go out without their permission that night.
A B C D
47.He said he was accused of have deserted his ship two months before.
A B C D

242
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

.
II. WRITING:
A) Rewrite
Question 1.The athletes who competed in high spirits won the game. (Using “V-ing”)
 The athletes competing in high spirits won the game.
Question 2 The last wild ox which is kept at Nam Cat Tien National Park is of a special kind.
(Use To-infinitive)
 The last wild ox to be kept at Nam Cat Tien National Park is of a special kind.

Question 3. They were having a barbecue in the park.(cleft sentences)


→ It was in the park that they were having a barbecue
Question 4: The first Asian Games were held in India. .(cleft sentences)
→It was in India that the first Asian Games were held .(VDT)
Question 5. The only thing that should be discussed is how to prevent erosion.(VDC)
→ The only thing to be discussed is how to prevent erosion
Question 6: The wall which surrounds our house is made of bricks. .(VDT)
→ The wall surrounding our house is made of bricks.
______________________________________________________________
Combination :

Question 1.The job is very interesting. She’s applied for it. (Omit a relative pronoun)
--> The job she’s applied for is very interesting.
Question 2. These volunteers finished the work quickly. Their enthusiasm was obvious. (Use:
whose) .(VDT)
→ These volunteers, whose enthusiasm was obvious, finished the work quickly
3. Our solar system is in a galaxy. The galaxy is called the Milky Way. (Using past participle V3)
Our solar system is in a galaxy called the Milky Way
4. I come from a city. This city is located in the southern part of the country. (Using past
participle V3)
 I come from a city located in the southern part of the country.
5. Do you know the policeman? He is coming toward us. ( Using present participle: Ving)
 Do you know the policeman coming toward us?
243
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
THE END

Period 104

SỞ GD & ĐT QUẢNG NAM KIỂM TRA HỌC KÌ II


TRƯỜNG THPT NGUYỄN HIỀN NĂM HỌC 2022 - 2023
MÔN: TIẾNG ANH 11- HỆ 7 NĂM
-------------------- Thời gian làm bài: 45 PHÚT
(Đề thi có 03 trang) (không kể thời gian phát đề)
Họ và tên: ..............................................................
Số báo danh: ........ Mã đề 001
SECTION A: LISTENING (1.5 marks)
Listen and complete the sentences by circling the letter A, B, C or D.
Câu 1. National parks usually contain________________________
A. a variety of scenic features B. large areas of land
C. the natural beauty of the land D. rare animals and plants
Câu 2. ___________ national parks are in the United States today
A. 15 B. 52 C. 50 D. 12
Câu 3. ________________in national parks are killed or hunted for fur, skin or other parts.
A. The public B. Millions of visitors
C. Rare plants D. Rare animals
Câu 4. Large areas of national parks are on fire fires because of _______________.
A. careless people B. the public C. visitors D. the parks’ staff
Câu 5. ________________ is harming the parks.
A. Large areas of national parks
B. The increasing number of the parks
C. The pollution from visitors’ vehicles
D. Trees’ cutting down for wood
Câu 6. ______________ should be raised for the parks' staff and maintenance of their sources.
A. Problem B. Scenic feature C. Money D. Experience
SECTION B: LANGUAGE: (3 marks)
Câu 7. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that which has the
underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
A. athlete B. freestyle C. appreciate D. wrestling
Câu 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined part in each of the following questions.
If you are at a loose end this weekend, I will show you round the city.

244
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
A. reluctant B. occupied C. confident D. free
Câu 9. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence.
If the atmosphere is polluted, the solar energy ______ the earth may be dangerous.
A. reaches B. reaching C. to reach D. reached
Câu 10. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
People in this region cultivate mainly rice and vegetables.
A. support B. develop C. grow D. destroy
Câu 11. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence.
These adults, ________ come to my night class, are very eager to learn.
A. that B. when C. whose D. who
Câu 12. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence.
Oil, coal and natural gas are ________ fuels made from decayed material from animal or plants.
A. solid B. smokeless C. unleaded D. fossil
Câu 13. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence.
The amount of solar energy that reaches the earth depends ______ the atmosphere.
A. into B. on C. from D. with
Câu 14. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence.
The chemical __________from cars and factories make the air, water and soil dangerously dirty.
A. pollutants B. pollute C. polluted D. pollution
Câu 15. Choose the underlined part that needs correction
I’m very hungry and thirsty now. I could ate a horse and drink an ocean.
A. hungry B. thirsty C. drink D. ate
Câu 16. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence.
Their efforts were much _________when they won two gold medals in bodybuilding and billiards.
A. considered B. expended C. required D. appreciated
Câu 17. Choose the underlined part that needs correction
We offer a very competent rate for parcels of under 15 kg.
A. competent B. rate C. offer D. under
Câu 18. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
A. painting B. popular C. sophisticated D. interesting
SECTION C: READING (2 marks)
PART 1: Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each of the blanks from 19 to 22.
Hobbies are simply anything you do that’s for fun. The activity isn't something you are getting paid to do, rather
something you enjoying doing on your free time that helps you decompress and connect (19)_________ other
people.For a lot of people these days it seems like their only leisure activities are watching television and catching
up on Facebook. That’s a shame, (20)_________hobbies—from rock climbing to collecting silver spoons—can
have real benefits.

Of course everyone is different and your personality does play a role in (21 )_________ sorts of hobbies you like.
If you don’t have a lot of patience you might feel like quilting might be too much for you, but exploring quick
sewing projects might be a better choice.The truth is you may not select the perfect activity for you right away but
you can have a lot of fun trying out new things and exploring what’s out there. Do some web searches, visit the
library, don’t be afraid to try new things, and soon you’ll have a hobby that (22)_________you with a lot of fun
and stress relief, too.
(Excerpted from https://www.bitgab.com/exercise/hobbies )
Câu 19. A. about B. for C. with D. in
Câu 20. A. although B. therefore C. because of D. because
Câu 21. A. who B. which C. whom D. what
Câu 22. A. provides B. gives C. orders D. pays
245
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023
PART 2: Read the following passage and choose the best answer to each of the questions from 23 to 26.
Conservation conflicts arise when natural-resource shortages develop in the face of steadily increasing demands
from a growing human population. Controversy frequently surrounds how a resource should be used, or allocated,
and for whom. For example, a river may supply water for agricultural irrigation, habitat for fish, and water-
generated electricity for a factory. Farmers, fishers, and industry leader vie for unrestricted access  to this river, but
such freedom could destroy the resource, and conservation methods are necessary to protect the river for future
use.
Conflicts worsen when a natural resource crosses political boundaries. For example, the headwaters, or source, of
a major river may be located in a different country than the country through which the river flows. There is no
guarantee that the river source will be protected to accommodate resource needs downstream. In addition, the way
in which one natural resource is managed has a direct effect upon other natural resources. Cutting down a forest
near a river, for instance, increases erosion, the wearing away of topsoil, and can lead to flooding. Eroded soil and
silt cloud the river adversely affect many organisms such as fish and important aquatic plants that require clean,
clear freshwater for survival.
(Excerpted from http://vnedu.org/home/test_view.asp?threadid=17205 )
Câu 23. What is the passage above mainly about?
A. natural resource shortages B. conservation conflicts
C. agricultural irrigation D. the headwaters of a major river
Câu 24. What may bring water to agricultural irrigation?
A. erosion B. topsoil C. a forest D. a river
Câu 25. What does the word “arise” in line 1 mean?
A. spring up B. sit up C. get up D. stand up
Câu 26. When do conflicts get worse?
A. when natural-resource shortages increase in the features of gradually increasing demands from a rising
human population
B. when eroded soil and silt cloud affect many organisms
C. when freedom could destroy the resource
D. when a natural resource crosses political borders
SECTION D: WRITING (2 marks)
PART 1: Rewrite following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it,
doing as requested in the bracket.
Câu 27. They were having a barbecue in the park. (Using cleft sentences)
→ It ________________________________________________________.
Câu 28. She has just marked the day when she is going to visit the temple. (Using relative clause with
preposition)
→The day________________________________________________________.
PART 2: Combine each pair of the sentences, doing as requested in the bracket.
Câu 29. He is going to marry the girl. She is very rich.. (Using “Omission of a relative pronoun”)
→The girl ________________________________________________________.
Câu 30. Our solar system is in a galaxy. The galaxy is called the Milky Way. (Using “relative clause replaced by
participle”)
→ Our solar system________________________________________________________.

------ HẾT ------

246
Lesson planning Tieng Anh 11 School year: 2022 -
2023

Period 105 Correction

247

You might also like